NCBI » Bookshelf » Health Services/Technology Assessment Text (HSTAT) » HSTAT Archive Collection » Put Prevention Into Practice (Static collection) » Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services, 2nd Edition. PPIP
 
hsarchive
HSTAT Archive Collection
public health

Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services, 2nd Edition. PPIP

A4489

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE

OFFICE OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND SCIENCE

OFFICE OF DISEASE PREVENTION AND HEALTH PROMOTION

1998

For sale by the U.S. Government Printing Office

Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-9328

ISBN 0-16-049227-0

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE

OFFICE OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND SCIENCE

OFFICE OF DISEASE PREVENTION AND HEALTH PROMOTION

1998

For sale by the U.S. Government Printing Office

Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-9328

ISBN 0-16-049227-0

Foreword

It is my pleasure to present the second edition of the Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services, an updated and expanded version of the original text. This handbook is the cornerstone of the Put Prevention Into Practice (PPIP) campaign. Since its introduction in 1994, PPIP has provided clinicians with helpful information and practical tools for adopting a non-categorical, systematic approach to the delivery of clinical preventive services. PPIP has been a welcome addition to many clinical practices, helping to improve the delivery of clinical preventive services.

Over the past 200 years, public health and preventive medicine efforts have dramatically improved health and well-being in the United States. Life expectancy has steadily increased; however, the vast majority of premature death and disability in our country results from preventable causes. Furthermore, unacceptable discrepancies in health and longevity between sub-populations still remain in our nation. Improved delivery of clinical preventive services can help resolve these discrepancies.

Unfortunately, barriers to the delivery of clinical preventive services continue to exist. Many missed opportunities for prevention can be attributed to the lack of a prevention plan and a reference resource for prevention. The Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services provides practical information for developing and implementing a prevention plan tailored to the needs of clinicians in a variety of settings. I hope this edition of the Clinician's Handbook will prove to be a useful tool for clinicians as they work to improve the health of all Americans.

Claude Earl Fox, M.D., M.P.H.
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Health
September 1997

Overview

i. Introduction

The Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services, a practical and comprehensive guide to clinical preventive services, is the cornerstone of the Put Prevention Into Practice (PPIP) initiative. The goal of PPIP, which was developed by the US Public Health Service's Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, is to enhance the delivery of clinical preventive services. This handbook discusses screening tests for early detection of disease, immunizations and prophylaxis to prevent disease, and counseling to modify risk factors that lead to disease.

The Clinician's Handbook is written for a wide variety of readers including health care providers, educators, students, and health service administrators and planners. It can be used as a reference book for clinical preventive guidelines, or as a practical guide to delivering clinical preventive services and implementing a preventive care protocol. In addition, the Clinician's Handbook provides references for patient and provider educational materials and resources.

Organization

The Clinician's Handbook has been organized to facilitate quick reference. The main text is divided into two sections: preventive services for children/adolescents (up to age 18 years) and preventive services for adults/older adults. The overview chapters provide background information on topics such as: the basic epidemiologic principles of prevention, occupational and environmental considerations, and the implementation of a preventive care protocol. In addition, several appendices provide supplementary information including timelines and risk factor tables (Appendix A); general information on immunizations, including information on reporting adverse effects (Appendix B); notifiable diseases (Appendix C); and a list of major authorities cited (Appendix D).

The Children and Adolescents and Adults and Older Adults sections are divided into three subsections: (1) screening guidelines, (2) immunization and prophylaxis recommendations, and (3) counseling information.

Chapters are broken down into six subsections. Each chapter is organized in the following format:

  1. A brief introduction describing the burden of suffering of the disease, risk factors, and the effectiveness of the preventive intervention.

  2. A summary of the recommendations of major authorities.

  3. Technical information describing how to perform each preventive service.

  4. A resource list for patients--pamphlets, books, videotapes, and other materials that can be provided to patients for reinforcement of health messages.

  5. A resource list for providers--information for supplemental reading on each topic.

  6. Selected (bibliographic) references--references used in the chapter.

Content

The criterion for inclusion of a preventive service in the Clinician's Handbook is a recommendation for its routine use in the care of asymptomatic persons by a major US authority such as: a Federal health agency (eg, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Institutes of Health), a non-Federal expert panel (eg, US Preventive Services Task Force), a national professional organization (eg, American Academy of Family Physicians, American Academy of Pediatrics), or a national voluntary health organization (eg, American Cancer Society, American Heart Association). Recommendations of the Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination have also been included.

Because the Clinician's Handbook focuses on preventive care for the general population without special risk factors, the following types of preventive care have not been included: tertiary prevention (treatment to prevent progression of known disease), prenatal and perinatal care, and preventive care for certain high-risk groups. Preventive services not recommended by at least one major authority have been excluded. However, the exclusion of a medical procedure does not suggest that it is ineffective in diagnosing and treating disease. The clinician should exercise judgement on a case-by-case basis with respect to preventive services not addressed in the Clinician's Handbook.

Every effort has been made to ensure that recommendations of major authorities listed in each chapter accurately represent the current positions of these authorities. Recommendations are listed alphabetically by organization. Similar recommendations are often grouped together to facilitate comparisons by the reader. Appearance in the Clinician's Handbook does not imply that either the US Department of Health and Human Services or the Public Health Service endorses a specific authority or its recommendations; clinicians are encouraged to consult the references provided to evaluate the scientific basis for each organization's recommendations. Similarly, the citation of a group's recommendations does not imply that the group has endorsed the Clinician's Handbook or its contents.

The "Basics" of providing services sections were derived from a compilation of sources, including expert opinion. In many instances, the recommendations of major authorities, as well as expert researchers, were combined.

The items listed in the "Patient and Provider Resource" sections of the chapters have been selected after an extensive review of materials solicited from government agencies and professional and voluntary organizations. However, this list is not exhaustive and there are undoubtedly other, equally useful publications that have not been included. The materials listed provide a starting point for clinicians to build a library of high-quality literature and resources for themselves and their patients. The individual clinician must determine the appropriateness of each material in any specific case.

The publications listed in the "Selected References" sections were chosen because of their use in preparing the chapters and their potential usefulness to the clinician. These lists are not intended to be a comprehensive bibliography of the literature, but provide a core set of references for the reader.

No single set of preventive services is appropriate for all patients in all settings. The Clinician's Handbook is designed to facilitate the design and implementation of a preventive care program for practices of all sizes and types. Chapter ii discusses the principles of prevention, such as general principles of screening, immunizations, and counseling. This information, when combined with the more specific recommendations of authorities, relevant patient risk factors given in each chapter, and the summary risk-factor tables in Appendix A, should help clinicians select a set of preventive services appropriate for their patients and practice. Chapter iv provides practical information on establishing and implementing a preventive care protocol.

A goal of the Clinician's Handbook is to describe areas of consensus among the recommendations of major authorities regarding clinical preventive services. Important clinical differences in recommendations are reflected. However, the differences in the processes by which authorities arrived at their recommendations are not described. Some recommendations of major authorities are based strictly on expert opinion and others incorporate evidence-based approaches. Names and addresses of all major authorities cited are listed in Appendix D and readers are encouraged to contact the organization to ascertain how guidelines were formulated.

Sources

The data for the Clinician's Handbook were obtained from scientific literature identified by searching computerized data bases and reference lists of primary sources; policy statements and position papers issued by government agencies, professional groups, and voluntary associations; educational brochures, booklets, and other materials from government agencies, professional groups, and voluntary associations; and consultation with experts.

The National Coordinating Committee on Clinical Preventive Services

Oversight of the Put Prevention Into Practice campaign is provided by the National Coordinating Committee on Clinical Preventive Services (NCCCPS). The NCCCPS was formed in 1989 to accelerate the integration of clinical preventive services into primary care delivery in the United States. Members of this group provided extensive review of the Put Prevention Into Practice materials during their development. NCCCPS member organizations include:

  • Ambulatory Pediatric Association

  • American Academy of Family Physicians

  • American Academy of Pediatrics

  • American Academy of Physician Assistants

  • American Association of Colleges of Nursing

  • American Association of Health Plans

  • American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists

  • American College of Occupational and Environmental Medicine

  • American College of Physicians

  • American College of Preventive Medicine

  • American Hospital Association

  • American Medical Association

  • American Nurses Association

  • American Osteopathic Association

  • American Osteopathic College of Occupational and Preventive Medicine

  • American Public Health Association

  • Association of Academic Health Centers

  • Association of American Medical Colleges

  • Association of Health Services Research

  • Association of Schools of Public Health

  • Association of State and Territorial Health Officials

  • Association of Teachers of Preventive Medicine

  • Blue Cross Blue Shield Association

  • Institute of Medicine

  • National Alliance of Nurse Practitioners

  • National Association of Community Health Centers

  • National Association of County and City Health Officials

  • North American Primary Care Research Group

  • Society of General Internal Medicine

  • Society for Public Health Education

  • Society of Teachers of Family Medicine

Federal Liaisons to the National Coordinating Committee on Clinical Preventive Services

  • Department of Health and Human Services

  • Agency for Health Care Policy and Research

  • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

  • Food and Drug Administration

  • Indian Health Service

  • Health Resources and Services Administration

  • Health Care Financing Administration

  • National Institutes of Health

  • Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation

  • Substance Abuse Mental Health Services Administration

  • Department of Defense

  • Department of Transportation

  • US Coast Guard

  • Department of Veterans Affairs

  • Office of Personnel Management

Review

The chapters of this book have been reviewed for scientific accuracy by experts in the following divisions in the Department of Health and Human Services:

  • Administration for Children and Families

  • Agency for Health Care Policy and Research

  • Administration on Aging

  • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

  • Food and Drug Administration

  • Health Care Financing Administration

  • Health Resources and Services Administration

  • Indian Health Service

  • National Institutes of Health

  • Office of HIV/AIDS Policy

  • Office of Minority Health

  • Office of Population Affairs

  • Office of the Surgeon General

  • Office on Women's Health

  • Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration

Acknowledgments

Preparation of this Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services was coordinated by staff in the Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office of Public Health and Science, US Department of Health and Human Services, under the general supervision of Claude Earl Fox, III, MD, MPH, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Health (Disease Prevention and Health Promotion).

Principal staff responsible for the preparation of this edition were:

  • Rika Maeshiro, MD, MPH, Co-Editor

  • Lynn M. Soban, MPH, RN, Project Coordinator and Co-Editor

Other staff members of the Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion who contributed to the preparation of this edition were:

  • David R. Baker

  • Kate-Louise Gottfried, JD, MSPH

  • Kathryn McMurry, MS

  • Linda D. Meyers, PhD

  • Janice T. Radak

  • Mark Smolinski, MD, MPH

Valuable research and writing contributions were made by the following preventive medicine residents during rotations at the Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion:

Liz Ribadenyra, MDUniversity of Maryland
Annette Kussmaul, MDState University of New York at Stony Brook
Tamera Coyne-Beasley, MDUniversity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
Margaret Savage, MDJohns Hopkins University
Ron Hale, MDJohns Hopkins University
Allen Brinker, MDUniversity of Maryland
Renee Kanan, MDUniversity of Washington
Robert A. Gilchick, MDSan Diego State University/University of California, San Diego
Shelley Levesque, MDUniversity of Massachusetts Medical Center
Linda E. Hertz, MDUniversity of South Carolina

Special thanks to the following individuals and organizations for their contributions:

  • Larry L. Dickey, MD, MPH, Office of Clinical Preventive Medicine, California Department of Health Services, who updated the Recommendations of Major Authorities;

  • Bradley Evanoff, MD, MPH, Assistant Professor, Section of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri, who prepared the chapter on Occupational and Environmental Exposures;

  • Crystal Wilkinson, MSN, RN, CNS, Texas Department of Health, who prepared the chapter on Implementing a Preventive Care Protocol;

  • The American Society of Clinical Pathologists for their contributions to the chapter on Papanicolaou Smear Screening.

Other contributors included:

  • Jacqelyn B. Admire, MSPH

  • Patti Auer, RN, MSN

  • Susan Bradford

  • Cheri Hahn, MS, RN

  • Melissa Koenig

  • Tammy L. Lin, MD

  • Rosemarie Perrin

  • Kristine Samson

  • Yu Ning Wong

Acknowledgments for the First Edition of the Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services

Preparation of the Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services was coordinated by staff in the Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Public Health Services, US Department of Health and Human Services, under the general supervision of J. Michael McGinnis, MD, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Health (Disease Prevention and Health Promotion). Principal staff responsible for the preparation of this book were:

  • Larry L. Dickey, MD, MPH, Luther Terry Senior Fellow

  • (Scientific editor and principal writer)

  • Hurdis M. Griffith, PhD, RN, Senior Policy Advisor

  • (review coordinator and writer)

  • Douglas B. Kamerow, MD, MPH, Director, Clinical Preventive Services Staff

  • (managing editor)

Other staff members of the Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion who contributed to preparation of this book were:

  • David R. Baker

  • Rachel Ballard-Barbash, MD, MPH

  • Elena Carbone, MS, RD

  • Carolyn DiGuiseppi, MD, MPH

  • Walter H. Glinsman, MD

  • Linda D. Meyers, PhD

  • Janice T. Radak

  • Susan Simmons, RN, PhD

  • Marilyn G. Stephenson, MS, RD

Valuable research and writing contributions were made by the following preventive medicine residents from Johns Hopkins University and the University of Maryland during rotations at the Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion.

  • Robert Beardall, MD, MPH

  • Karen S. Collins, MD, MPH

  • Paul Denning, MD, MPH

  • Tina Farup, MD

  • Clarice Green, MD

  • Lana Jeng, MD, MPH

  • S. Patrick Kachur, MD, MPH

  • Cynthia Mobley, MD, MPH

  • Peter W. Pendergrass, MD, MPH

  • Donald Robinson, MD, MPH

  • William Schluter, MD

  • Suzanne Steinberg, MD

Material on preventive services for older adults was researched and prepared by fellows of the Multi campus Division of Geriatric Medicine and Gerontology at the University of California, Los Angeles (listed below). David B. Reuben, MD was supervising editor for this component of Clinician's Handbook preparation.

  • Nelson C. Apostol, MD

  • Christopher J. Bula, MD

  • Russel E. Hoxie, MD

  • David Kelley, MD

  • Michael E. Lim, MD

  • Matthew K. McNabney, MD

  • Alison A. Moore, MD

  • Michael Temporal, MD

  • Emil Yagudin, MD

  • Michael P. Zeitlin, MD

Assistance in researching and preparing the chapters on sexually transmitted diseases was provided by C. Patrick Chaulk, MD, MPH, Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health.

Copy editor was Barbara Ravage.

ii. Concepts of Prevention

"Clinicians should be selective in ordering tests and providing preventive services." 1

This chapter introduces fundamental aspects of preventive services, including the epidemiologic principles that help influence decisions regarding the appropriateness of preventive services, the concepts that help determine the usefulness of screening tests, guidance for counseling patients, and an examination of prevention at the community or population level.

General Clinical Preventive Services

The primary and secondary clinical preventive services presented in the Clinician's Handbook target asymptomatic persons based on individual risk profiles. The basic epidemiologic principles used to develop preventive services guidelines also provide the context in which to consider these general recommendations and their relevance to particular populations, communities, and patients. The following questions have been adapted from Woolf (1996) for clinicians to consider when prioritizing their assessment of risk factors that can increase a patient's potential for future disease. These questions can be applied to all clinical preventive services:

  • How important is the target condition?

  • How important is the risk factor?

  • Is the preventive service effective?

  • How accurately can the risk factor or target condition be identified?

How important is the target condition?

The target condition is the health or disease outcome that the preventive care intervention avoids (primary prevention) or identifies early (secondary prevention). The frequency and the severity of target conditions help define their importance. The frequency of a target condition is usually measured by its incidence rate and prevalence rate (Key Concepts 1).

The severity of a target condition can be described by several measures: mortality, morbidity, and survival rates. Target conditions with higher frequencies in specific populations, as well as conditions of greater severity, may merit greater preventive attention.

How important is the risk factor?

Risk factors are the attributes associated with target conditions. They can help predict outcomes but may not cause the target condition. Risk factors include demographic variables, such as gender, ethnicity, or age; behavioral risk factors, such as smoking or driving without seatbelts; and environmental factors, such as the area of residence. Ascertaining the presence or absence of risk factors (risk assessment) is accomplished through thorough patient histories, targeted examinations, and laboratory tests. Specific health risk appraisal tools have also been developed to ascertain risk status (chapter iv).

The frequency and magnitude of risks contribute to their importance. The frequency of risk factors are also described by their incidence and prevalence in the population of interest (Key Concepts 2).

The magnitude of risk helps to quantify the association between the risk factor and the target condition. Because a variety of risk measures exist, clinicians need to be aware that there are important differences between these risk measures and their implications for disease prevention. An understanding of basic risk measures may aid clinicians in interpreting risks for their patients (Key Concepts 3).

Is the preventive service effective?

Table ii.1. US Preventive Services Task Force Rating System of Quality of Scientific Evidence
I: Evidence obtained from at least one properly designed randomized controlled trial
II-1:Evidence obtained from well-designed controlled trials without randomization
II-2:Evidence obtained from well-designed cohort or case-control analytic studies, preferably from more than one center or research group
II-3:Evidence obtained from multiple time series with or without the intervention, or dramatic results in uncontrolled experiments (such as the results of the introduction of penicillin treatment in the 1940s)
III:Opinions of respected authorities, based on clinical experience, descriptive studies, or reports of expert committees

From: US Preventive Services Task Force. Task Force Ratings. Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996:862.

The strongest quality of scientific evidence to evaluate the effects of preventive services comes from well designed intervention studies and observational studies that link risk modification with improved outcomes. Many major authorities rely on scientific evidence to guide their recommendations. The US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF), a body of preventive care experts convened by the US Public Health Service, has developed a system for rating the quality of scientific evidence used in its deliberations. The USPSTF rating system for grading scientific evidence is given in Table ii.1.

Even with good evidence that an intervention is efficacious (the intervention results in true effects under ideal conditions), the intervention may be less effective in a routine practice setting. Potential benefits of a preventive intervention must be weighed against potential harms, costs, and implementation considerations.

Recently, outcome measures have been developed incorporating quality-of-life measures that attempt to capture functional status and preference as outcomes of clinical interventions, including preventive services. Quality-adjusted life-years and disability-adjusted life-years are measures that attempt to standardize quantitative and qualitative information into summary measures that can be used to compare various conditions and outcomes for different prevention strategies.

Unfortunately, for most of medical practice, there is insufficient evidence that a service is or is not effective in improving process or outcome measures. Therefore, decision-makers at the policy and at the clinical level often need to consider factors other than scientific evidence in determining whether to offer a preventive service. Particularly for asymptomatic patients, thresholds for performing preventive services differ depending on their potential for harm in the absence of strong evidence of benefit. Frame and Carlson (1975) summarized the circumstances that must exist for screening tests to be useful:

  • The condition must have a significant effect on the quality and quantity of life.

  • Acceptable methods of treatment must be available.

  • The condition must have an asymptomatic period during which detection and treatment significantly reduce morbidity or mortality.

  • Treatment in the asymptomatic phase must yield a therapeutic result superior to that obtained by delaying treatment until symptoms appear.

  • Tests that are acceptable to patients must be available, at a reasonable cost, to detect the condition in the asymptomatic period.

  • The incidence of the condition must be sufficient to justify the cost of the screening.

"The clinician and patient should share decision-making." 2

Clinicians are responsible for providing patients with the best available information about potential benefits and harms of the preventive service, translating what is known and not known about the likelihood of various outcomes, and explaining the probable consequences of different decisions. Patient preferences, which are important in all clinical decisions, are paramount to consider when contemplating preventive services of uncertain benefit.

How accurately can the risk factor or target condition be detected?

Efforts to detect risk factors or target conditions by screening tests may be ineffective or harmful if the test is inaccurate. The accuracy of a screening test is measured by its sensitivity and specificity (Key Concepts 4).

Positive predictive value (PPV) is the proportion of positive test results that are correct (true positives). The predictive value of a test for a particular condition in an individual depends on the prevalence of that condition in the population. If the prevalence of the condition is low, the positive predictive value also will be very low regardless of the accuracy of the screening test. The higher the prevalence, the more likely the positive test result reflects a true positive. This is the basis for utilizing a "high-risk" strategy for screening illustrated in Appendix A.

Counseling

"Interventions that address patients' personal health practices are vitally important."3

The most prominent identifiable contributors to premature death in the United States are tobacco, diet and physical activity patterns, alcohol, microbial agents, toxic agents, firearms, sexual behavior, motor vehicles, and illicit use of drugs (McGinnis 1993). Because behavioral choice is critical to most of these risk factors, the USPSTF has suggested that clinician counseling that leads to improved personal health practices may be more valuable to patients than conventional clinical activities such as diagnostic testing. The following are general guidelines to consider when providing clinical counseling:

Table ii.2. US Preventive Services Task Force Patient Education/Counseling Strategies
1. Frame the teaching to match the patient's perceptions.
2.Fully inform patients of the purposes and expected effects of interventions and when to expect these effects.
3.Suggest small changes rather than large ones.
4.Be specific.
5.It is sometimes easier to add new behaviors than to eliminate established behaviors.
6.Link new behaviors to old behaviors.
7.Use the power of the profession.
8.Get explicit commitments from the patient.
9.Use a combination of strategies.
10.Involve office staff.
11.Refer.
12.Monitor progress through follow-up contact.

From: US Preventive Services Task Force. Patient Education/Counseling Strategies. In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap iv.

  1. Counseling should be culturally appropriate. Present information and services in a style and format that are sensitive to the culture, values, and traditions of the patient and at a level of comprehension consistent with the age and learning skills of the patient. Use a dialect and terminology consistent with the patient's language and communication style.

  2. Clinicians often cite lack of time and poor reimbursement for counseling as key barriers to patient counseling. Several measures may be taken to improve delivery of counseling.

    • Create an office or clinic environment that promotes preventive care.

    • Use a variety of resources to reinforce healthy behaviors. Display pamphlets, posters, and other materials conspicuously so that they are readily available. Patient education resources are listed at the end of each chapter of this book.

    • Use short patient questionnaires to quickly assess patient needs for counseling. Examples of such questionnaires are included in this book. Some are brief enough that they may be incorporated into patient intake questionnaires and history forms.

    • Focus interventions by assessing patients' readiness to change health-related behaviors. Research indicates that patients who are in the early stages of behavior change may benefit most from information but probably not from more intensive interventions. Patients who are ready to change may benefit from more directed, task-oriented counseling and behavior modification. Finally, those who have successfully changed behavior need support and follow-up.

    • Use a team approach to provide counseling.

    • Be familiar with community resources to which patients may be referred for types of counseling that cannot be provided in the practice.

    • Provide repeated messages to patients. Even brief interventions, such as simple advice to stop smoking, may have a beneficial effect.

  3. The USPSTF describes 12 strategies for patient education and counseling with which clinicians should be familiar (Table ii.2).

Putting Prevention into Perspective

"For some health problems, community-level interventions may be more effective than clinical preventive services."4

Preventive services impact the health status of individuals and populations. However, many health patterns in populations are related to an uneven distribution of societal resources. These resources encompass social, economic, and political advantages such as knowledge, money, and social connections that influence people's ability to avoid risks and to minimize the consequences of disease once it occurs. The broad influence of these resources is associated with multiple risk factors and disease outcomes. Interventions such as school-based curricula, community programs, and regulatory and legislative initiatives may be effective in addressing these more global issues. Being aware of community programs, encouraging patient participation and involvement, acting as a consultant for communities implementing programs or introducing legislation, and serving as an advocate to initiate and maintain effective community interventions are suggested roles for the interested clinician. An appreciation of the link between specific risk factors and general societal factors that influence health patterns may enhance the clinicians' contribution to prevention efforts.

"It is a well-known fact that there are no social, no industrial, no economic problems which are not related to health."

Dr. William H. Welch,
Founder, Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health

Summary

The concepts of prevention, as discussed in the earlier part of this section, are used to prioritize prevention strategies. These concepts include: measures of frequency and severity of the health condition; magnitude of risk associated with risk factors; accuracy of screening tests; and the strength of evidence in support and magnitude of an intervention's effectiveness. These concepts were used by some of the major authorities to direct their guideline process and to support their preventive services recommendations. These recommendations can assist the clinician in prioritizing prevention strategies for individual patients and practice population.

Preventive services for individuals may comprise a "core set" of preventive services that apply broadly to most individuals from the "average-risk" population. The average-risk approach used in the Clinician's Handbook stratifies individuals based on age and gender. In addition, a more targeted strategy can be offered to individuals at a relative "high-risk" based on their risk profile. The average-risk and high-risk strategies are complementary. Appendix A, which consists of risk tables and time lines for preventive care, illustrates the link between the two strategies. The purpose of and relationship between the risk tables and time lines are discussed further in the introduction to Appendix A.

Selected References

Frame PS and Carlson, SJ. A Critical Review of Periodic Health Screening Using Specific Screening Criteria. J Fam Practice. 1975; 2: 2936.
McGinnis JM, Foege WH. Actual Causes of Death in the United States. JAMA. 1993; 270(18): 22072212. [PubMed]
Rose, G. The Strategy of Preventive Medicine.New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 1992.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Guide to Clinical Preventive Services.2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996.
Woolf S, Jonas S, Lawrence RS. Health Promotion and Disease Prevention in Clinical Practice. Baltimore, Md: Williams and Wilkins; 1996.

Key Concepts

Key Concepts 1
Incidence Rate during a given time period=number of new cases of a target condition during the given time period population at risk for developing the target condition during the given time period
The denominator, "population at risk for developing the target condition," does not refer to any specific high risk group, but includes all members of the population of interest whose probability of becoming a new case is greater than zero. Thus, if one is studying the annual incidence of HIV seropositivity among US adolescent males, then the population at risk for developing the target condition (HIV seropositivity) includes all adolescent males residing in the US, with the exception of those who are already HIV positive prior to the beginning of the time period. One cannot become a new case of HIV seropositivity if one is already HIV positive prior to the start of the time period.
  • EXAMPLE:

  • In a year, there are an estimated 1,500,000 new or recurrent episodes of coronary attacks* among 101,570,000 Americans age 29 years and over. The annual incidence of new or recurrent coronary attacks* among Americans aged 29 years and over is

1,500,000 101,570,000 = .015 = 1.5%.
  • Each year, 15 of every 1000 Americans age 29 years and over (1.5%) have a new or recurrent episode of coronary attack.*

Prevalence Rate during a given time=total number of new cases (new and old) of a target condition at the given time total population at the given time
  • EXAMPLE:

  • In 1994, approximately 13,670,000 out of 185,390,000 Americans age 20 years and over had a history of coronary heart disease.* The prevalence of coronary heart disease* among Americans age 20 years and over in 1994 is

13,670,000 185,390,000 = .074 = 7.4%.
  • In 1994, 74 of every 1000 Americans age 20 years and over (7.4%) had a history of coronary heart disease.*

* Both terms, "coronary attack" and "coronary heart disease," refer to a group of diagnoses under the general heading of ischemic heart disease, specifically ICD-9 410-414. Source: American Heart Association. 1997 Heart and Stroke Statistical Update. Dallas, Tex: American Heart Association; 1996.

Key Concepts 2
Incidence Rate during a given time period=number of new individuals exhibiting the risk factor during the given time period population at risk for developing the risk factor in the given time period
  • EXAMPLE:

  • In 1995, approximately 4.5 million out of 22.2 million youths age 12-17 were current smokers. If approximately 1 million youths become smokers annually, the annual incidence rate of smoking among youths age 12-17 is

1,000,000 new smoking youths 17,700,000* million non-smoking youths= .056 = 5.6%
  • In 1995, 56 of every 1000 youths ages 12 to 17 (5.6%) who had not been smokers began to smoke.

* The 17.7 million nonsmoking youths are calculated by subtracting the already smoking youths from the total population of 12 to 17 year old youths (22.2 million - 4.5 million).
Prevalence Rate at a given time period=total number of individuals exhibiting the risk factor at the given time total population at the given time
  • EXAMPLE:

  • In 1995, approximately 56.4 million of the 189.3 million adults age >18 years were current cigarette smokers. The prevalence of current cigarette smoking in the United States among adults age >18 years is

56,400,000 million current adult smokers >18 years 189,300,000 million adults >18 years= 0.298 = 29.8%
In 1995, 298 of every 1000 Americans age 18 years or older (29.8%) were current smokers.
Source: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, US Department of Health and Human Services. Preliminary Estimates from the 1995 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse. Rockville, Md: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, US Department of Health and Human Services; 1995.

Key Concepts 3
The absolute risk is the incidence of the target condition in the population with the risk factor.
  • EXAMPLE:

  • Out of 1000 men who smoke, 172 will develop lung cancer. The absolute risk for lung cancer in men who smoke is 172/1000 = .172 = 17.2%.

The relative risk ratio is the ratio of the incidence of disease among persons with the risk factor to the incidence of disease among those without the risk factor. Relative risk does not measure the probability that any given person with the risk factor will develop the condition.
  • EXAMPLE:

  • The risk of death from lung cancer in men who smoke is 341.3 deaths per 100,000 person years. The risk of death from lung cancer in men who do not smoke is 14.7 deaths per 100,000 person years. The relative risk of death from lung cancer in men who smoke is

341.3 deaths from lung cancer per 100,000 person years 14.7 deaths from lung cancer per 100,000 person years= 23.2
Men who smoke have 23.2 times the risk of dying from lung cancer of men who do not smoke.
The attributable risk measures the amount of risk that can be attributed to one particular risk factor and is calculated by subtracting the incidence rate of the population without the factor from the incidence rate among the population with the factor. The excess amount experienced by the exposed group represents the attributable risk.
  • EXAMPLE:

  • The attributable risk for death from lung cancer that is associated with smoking is

341.3 - 14.7 326.6deaths from lung cancer per 100,000 person years deaths from lung cancer per 100,000 person years
Of the 341.3 lung cancers occurring in smokers, 326.6 can be attributed to smoking.
Source: Office on Smoking and Health, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; US Department of Health and Human Services.

Key Concepts 4
Sensitivity refers to the proportion of persons with a condition who correctly test positive when screened.
  • A test with poor sensitivity will miss many cases and therefore produce a large proportion of false-negative results.

Specificity refers to the proportion of persons without the condition who correctly test negative when screened.
  • A test with poor specificity incorrectly labels persons as having the condition. The incorrect labeling of true negative results produce false-positive cases. False positive results can produce a series of adverse consequences including psychological stress and the risks associated with further tests and procedures.

Relative risk reduction is the percent reduction in risk of disease morbidity or mortality achieved through active prevention compared to a control group.
Absolute risk reduction is the actual difference between the risk of a condition with and without the preventive service.
Number needed to treat (or screen) is the reciprocal of absolute risk reduction and represents the number of patients needed to treat in order to prevent one case.

iii. Occupational and Environmental Health

A comprehensive approach to preventive health care includes understanding and assessing risks related to occupational and environmental exposures. This chapter discusses the principal issues surrounding occupational health; Appendix A addresses selected occupational and environmental risks.

Every year, 6.3 million workplace injuries and over 500,000 work-related illnesses are reported to the Federal government. Many others remain unreported. Six thousand fatalities resulting from workplace trauma are reported each year, and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) estimates that over 50,000 people die annually from work-related illnesses, most of which go unreported.

Illnesses which are often unrecognized as occupational or environmental in origin include musculoskeletal disorders of the upper extremity, irritant or allergic dermatitis, asthma, chronic obstructive lung disease, reproductive abnormalities, hearing loss, and cancers of the lung, skin, and bladder. Several of these are discussed in more detail later in this chapter.

Occupational exposures provide unique opportunities for effective disease prevention, because elimination of the exposure may prevent the disease. Unfortunately, total elimination is often difficult, and workers continue to contract preventable illnesses from exposures that have long been recognized, such as lead and silica. Clinicians may not have the opportunity to effect primary prevention efforts in the workplace but can offer important counseling to their patients.

Clinicians will see patients suffering from occupational disorders. For these patients, recognition by the health provider of the role played by workplace exposures in causing or exacerbating illnesses can have important consequences:

  • Recognition of a work-related disorder along with follow-up counseling can help prevent disease among co-workers who share the same exposures.

  • Recognition of occupational hazards along with follow-up counseling can prevent exposure of a worker's family members to substances such as lead, pesticides, and allergens, which can be carried home on a worker's clothing and contaminate the home.

  • Knowledge of a patient's work activities may be important in treating non-work related conditions. Examples include deciding when a patient may safety return to work following a hospitalization, and adjusting medication dosing for patients who work night shifts.

  • Failure to recognize a disorder as work-related may render treatment ineffective if the patient's work exposures are not altered.

Recognizing the important role that clinicians may have in the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of occupational and environmental illnesses, the Institute of Medicine has recommended substantive changes in medical education: "At a minimum, all primary care [clinicians] should be able to identify possible occupationally or environmentally induced conditions and make the appropriate referrals for follow-up."1 To achieve this minimum level of expertise, the Institute concluded that all clinicians must learn some basic principles of occupational and environmental medicine, must learn how to take an appropriate occupational and environmental history, must understand their role in worker's compensation, must know how and when to report hazards to public health and regulatory agencies, and must be aware of the legal, social, and ethical implications of diagnosing an occupational or environmental illness.

The Role of Primary Prevention in Occupational and Environmental Health

Primary prevention of occupational diseases can be achieved only through the reduction or elimination of exposures to chemical, physical, or biological hazards. Clinicians must recognize these exposures to participate meaningfully in preventive efforts. As noted below, the basic occupational history is the cornerstone of preventive efforts and needs to be obtained from each patient. Reduction of exposures can be achieved through the hierarchy of controls, listed here in descending order of importance and desirability:

  • 1

    Elimination of the exposure, usually through substitution of a different agent or process

  • 2

    Engineering controls such as noise reduction or improved ventilation

  • 3

    Administrative controls such as job rotation

  • 4

    Personal Protective Equipment such as respirators or hearing protection

Clinicians should inquire about exposure reduction strategies used in their patients' workplaces. When appropriate, clinicians need to urge employers and employee representatives to adopt better control measures. Clinicians need to encourage their patients to wear personal protective equipment when warranted by job exposures that are not otherwise adequately controlled.

The initial step for achieving better recognition of occupational and environmental exposures is for all clinicians to take a basic occupational history from their patients. This history should include:

  • the patient's past and current job titles and industries

  • a description of past and current work duties

  • any known exposures to chemical, physical, or biological hazards

  • the presence of any symptoms in relation to work

Table iii.1. Essential Elements of the Occupational History and Questionnaire
Current or most recent work and exposure history
* Job title; type of industry; name of employer
* Year work started and year work finished (if not currently employed)
* Description of job (what is a typical workday), especially the parts of the job the patient believes may be potentially hazardous
* Current work hours and any shift changes
* Current exposures to dust, fumes, radiation, chemicals, biologic hazards, or physical hazards
* Protective equipment used (clothes, safety glasses, hearing protections, respirator, or gloves)
* Other employees at the workplace who have similar health problems
Earlier employment history
* Job chronology, working backward from the current or most recent jobs
The same information as above for each job previously held
Major types of exposure associated with clinical illness
* Gases
* Corrosive substances (acids, alkalis)
* Dyes and stains
* Dusts and powders
* Asbestos, other fibers
* Infectious agents
* Insecticides and pesticides
* Metals and metal fumes
* Organic dusts (cotton, wood, biologic matter)
* Plastics
* Solvents
* Petrochemicals (coal, tar, asphalt, petroleum distillates)
* Physical factors (noise, lifting, thermal stress, vibration, repetitive motion)
* Emotional factors (stress)
* Radiation (electromagnetic fields, x-ray radiation, ultraviolet radiation)

Source: Newman, LS. Occupational illness. N Engl J Med. 1995;333:1128-1134. Reproduced with permission of the Massachusetts Medical Society, copyright 1997. All rights reserved.

This initial screening history will suffice for most patients. Unfortunately, a number of studies have documented that most clinicians obtain few or no elements of the occupational history from their patients. A more detailed history is warranted in patients who report potential occupational hazards in their initial occupational screening. A number of self-administered questionnaires exist to aid the clinician in obtaining a more detailed occupational history; Table iii.1 represents one possibility.

Because workplace exposures can have additive or synergistic effects with other exposures, clinicians also need to take into account patient activities outside of work. For example, workers in noisy occupations should be counseled about the additive effects of noise exposure from work and from such avocational pursuits as shooting and the use of power tools. Counseling patients about exacerbation of occupational illness through nonemployment-related activities is not a substitute for primary prevention focused at reducing work site exposures, but does represent an additional step that clinicians can take to reduce the overall burden of occupational disease among their patients.

In addition to potentially hazardous exposures, symptoms or health conditions that have a significant likelihood of being related to occupational exposures also require a more detailed occupational history. Several such sentinel health conditions are discussed below. They do not comprise a comprehensive listing of work-related disorders, but represent some of the disorders which have been targeted by NIOSH and other authorities. Other conditions besides the ones detailed below in which occupational exposures should be evaluated include peripheral neuropathy, encephalopathy, hepatitis, nephropathy, and cancers of the skin, lung, and bladder.

Allergic and Irritant Dermatitis

The skin is an important exposure route for chemicals. Some 66,000 cases of work-related dermatitis are reported annually, though it is likely that the true number of cases is far higher. For example, almost 2% of workers surveyed in the National Health Interview Survey reported dermatitis related to work exposures. Irritant contact dermatitis can result from occupational exposures to a wide variety of compounds such as solvents and cutting fluids, while allergic contact dermatitis can result from exposure to a long list of substances, such as metals (nickel and chromium), rubber additives (epoxies and acrylates), formaldehyde and poison ivy (a common occupational and nonoccupational exposure). Rapid identification of skin problems as work related and removal of the offending exposure can hasten recovery and prevent the progression of dermatitis to a chronic skin disease.

Asthma

Mortality and morbidity from asthma is increasing in the United States, partly as a result of occupational exposures. Over 9 million workers are exposed to agents that are known sensitizers and irritants associated with asthma. As many as 28% of adult asthma cases may be attributable to work exposures, and annual costs of occupational asthma are estimated at $400 million. In addition to those who develop occupational asthma as a result of workplace exposures, there are many patients with asthma whose condition is worsened by work exposures. The morbidity of occupational asthma can be substantially reduced by early intervention. The likelihood of complete resolution of symptoms and pulmonary function abnormalities is greatest when exposures are terminated early in the course of illness, making early diagnosis a critical element for effective intervention.

Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)

A well-documented relationship exists between COPD and workplace exposures such as coal dust, grain dust, and cotton dust. Those with lung disease from other causes are especially vulnerable to occupational respiratory hazards. Although cigarette smoking is the primary cause of COPD, a substantial fraction (as much as 14%) may be attributable to environmental and occupational exposures. Occupational dust exposure provides an additional reason to encourage these workers not to smoke. All patients with lung disease should be questioned about workplace exposures as a possible contributor to their disease.

Reproductive Disorders

A few occupational and environmental exposures have been shown to contribute to reproductive disorders including birth defects, developmental disorders, spontaneous abortion, and infertility. Though a few such exposures are well known (eg, lead, high levels of ionizing radiation), the overall contribution of environmental and occupational exposures on fertility is unknown. Most chemicals in commercial use have undergone little or no reproductive testing; among the more than 1000 workplace chemicals that have been demonstrated to cause reproductive disorders in animal experiments, few have been studied in humans. Occupational exposures should be documented in pregnancy, in pre-conception counseling, and in the evaluation of infertility and adverse reproductive outcomes.

Hearing Loss

Occupational hearing loss, although largely preventable, is the most common occupational disease in the United States. It has proven difficult to convince employers and workers to adopt the appropriate preventive strategies, as hearing loss is sometimes accepted as a normal consequence of employment rather than as a preventable disorder that can seriously degrade quality of life. Millions of workers are exposed to hazardous noise and are thus at risk for hearing loss. Although hearing loss is irreversible, the prevention of further exposures can prevent worsening hearing loss. Workers in noisy settings, such as machine shops or firing ranges, should be counseled to wear hearing protection and to seek other noise-reduction strategies through their employers.

Musculoskeletal Disorders

Low back pain and upper extremity musculoskeletal disorders such as tendinitis and nerve entrapments are often related to workplace exposures. Risk factors contributing to musculoskeletal disorders include high force exertion, repetitive activities, awkward body postures, and vibration. Identification and remediation of causal or exacerbating workplace factors are often essential to providing rest to the affected area and in preventing the recurrence of these disorders.

The Role of Secondary Prevention in Occupational and Environmental Health

There is little data regarding the effectiveness of secondary prevention activities in preventing occupational diseases. For a number of specific exposures, there is federal or state mandated screening; many employers also conduct regular screening for some employee groups. Screening procedures are dependent on the specific exposures incurred by workers. Examples of screening programs include:

  • periodic chest X-rays for workers exposed to asbestos

  • spirometry for workers exposed to agents known to cause asthma or COPD

  • periodic blood or urine testing for lead and cadmium in exposed workers

  • urine cytology for workers exposed to bladder carcinogens

Probably the most widespread periodic screening is regular audiometry for workers in noisy occupations. In theory, such a program can detect early hearing loss and help to prevent further noise-induced hearing loss. However, few data exist to document the effectiveness of this and other screening programs in practice.

In summary, health care providers need to be involved in the prevention of occupational and environmental illness. Although most clinicians will find themselves limited in their ability to influence primary preventive measures at their patients' work sites or other public settings, some degree of primary prevention for the patient, patient's co-workers, and patient's family may be achieved by attending to details of the occupational history and counseling accordingly based on the potential hazardous exposures revealed, and/or by notifying the appropriate agencies when potentially hazardous conditions are suspected to exist at an employment site. Secondary prevention of occupational and environmental illness through periodic screenings targeted toward a patient's specific work and exposure history can also involve the primary care provider, although the effectiveness of such screening measures needs to be further elucidated through appropriate research.

Sources for Further Information

Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR), 1600 Clifton Rd, NE, Atlanta GA 30333. Telephone: (404)639-6000 (Division of Toxicology); (404)639-6206 (Division of Health Education). Internet address: http://atsdr1.atsdr.cdc.gov:8080/atsdrhome.html/. Part of the US Public Health Service (USPHS), the ATSDR provides toxicologic profiles and clinically useful case studies in environmental medicine.

American College of Occupational and Environmental Medicine (ACOEM), 55 W. Seegers Rd., Arlington Heights, IL 60005-3919. Telephone: (847)228-6850. Internet address: http://www.acoem.org/. The ACOEM lists physicians who are board-certified in occupational-environmental medicine and members of the college; it also conducts educational programs on occupational health, impairment, and the worker's compensation system.

Association of Occupational and Environmental Clinics (AOEC), 1010 Vermont Ave., Suite 513, Washington, DC 20005. Telephone: (202)347-4976. Internet address: http://152.3.65.120/oem/aoec.htm. The AOEC is a network of academically based occupational-environmental medicine clinics throughout the United States. Member clinics provide professional training, community education about toxic substances, exposure and risk assessment, clinical evaluation, and consultation. Clinicians can contact the AOEC for clinical referrals to assist in the diagnosis, management, therapy, and prevention of occupational disorders.

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 401 M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460. Telephone: (202)260-5922. Internet address: http://www.epa.gov/epahome/. The EPA is an independent United States federal agency whose stated mission is to protect public health and to safeguard and improve the natural environment upon which human life depends. EPA's goals include ensuring that federal environmental laws are implemented and enforced fairly and effectively and that environmental protection is an integral consideration in US policy. Their web site provides numerous sources on a wide array of environmental and health-related issues.

National Center for Environmental Health (NCEH), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Mail Stop F-29, 4770 Buford Highway, NE, Atlanta, GA 30341-3724. Telephone: (770)488-7030. Internet address: http://www.cdc.gov/nceh/ncehhome.htm. The NCEH is a division of the Department of Health and Human Services within the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Its mission is to promote health and quality of life by preventing and controlling disease, birth defects, disability, and death resulting from interactions between people and their environment. Some of its activities include: public health surveillance; applied research; dissemination of standards, guidelines, and recommendations; and technical and financial assistance to state and local health agencies.

National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS), P.O. Box 12233, Research Triangle Park, ND 27709. Telephone: (909)541-3345. Internet address: http://www.niehs.nih.gov/. A division of the Department of Health and Human Services within the National Institutes of Health, the NIEHS has as its stated mission to reduce the burden of human illness and dysfunction from environmental causes by understanding the interaction between environmental factors, individual susceptibility, and age. It engages in multidisciplinary biomedical research programs, prevention and intervention efforts, and communication strategies that encompass training, education, technology transfer, and community outreach.

National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Robert A. Taft Laboratories, 4676 Columbia Pkwy, Cincinnati, OH 45226-1998. Telephone: (800)356-4674. Internet address: http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/Homepage.html. A division of the Department of Health and Human Services within the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, NIOSH provides information about substance toxicity and workplace hazards. The health-hazard evaluation program can investigate work sites at which physicians, employees, or employers suspect work-related illness and injury to have occurred. NIOSH offers training in occupational safety and health and funds continuing-medical-education courses.

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20210. Telephone: (202)219-8148 (general information); (202)219-9308 (compliance officer); (202)219-4667 (publications). Fax: (900) 555-3400 (OSHA FAX). Internet address: http://www.osha.gov/. OSHA sets US standards for health and safety in the workplace, investigates compliance, and issues citations. The publications-distribution office has articles about many occupational diseases. OSHA FAX is a fax-on-demand data-base service providing documents for a nominal telephone charge.

Selected References

Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry. Case Studies in Environmental Medicine: Taking an Exposure History. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services, US Public Health Service, Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry; 1992. Monograph No. 26.
American College of Physicians. Occupational and environmental medicine: The internist's role. Ann Intern Med. 1990; 113(12): 975982.
American Lung Association of San Diego. Taking the occupational history. Ann Intern Med. 1983; 99: .
Coye MJ, Rosenstock L. The occupational health history in a family practice setting. American Family Physician. 1983; 28(5): 22934. [PubMed]
Goldman R and Peters J. The occupational and environmental health history. JAMA. 1981; 246: . [PubMed]
Institute of Medicine. Role of the Primary Care Physician in Occupational and Environmental Medicine.Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1988.
Kipen HM and Craner J. Sentinel pathophysiologic conditions: an adjunct to teaching occupational and environmental disease recognition and history taking. Environ Res. 1992; 59: 93100. [PubMed]
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. Report to Congress on Workers' Home Contaminations Study Conducted Under the Workers' Family Protection Act. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services, US Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health; 1995.
Newman LS. Occupational illness. N Eng J Med. 1995; 333: 11281134.
Rosenstock L, Cullen MR, eds. Textbook of Clinical Occupational and Environmental Medicine. Philadelphia, Pa: W.B. Saunders; 1994.

iv. Implementing Preventive Care

"Clinicians must take every opportunity to deliver preventive services, especially to those with limited access to care." 1

Most clinicians acknowledge the importance of incorporating preventive care into their practices; however, delivery of preventive services, even those about which all authorities agree, is far from satisfactory. Providing consistent delivery of preventive care requires organizational commitment, time, and a critical analysis of the systems designed to deliver that care. Ensuring the consistent delivery of preventive services may require changes in office systems or clinic organization.

In the current health care environment, accurate documentation of the delivery of preventive services has become essential. Delivery of clinical preventive services is now one of several indicators used to rate the performance of clinicians, their practices, and health plans.

One example of such measures is the Health Plan Employer Data and Information Set (HEDIS), a set of health care quality indicators developed by the National Committee for Quality Assurance. The preventive services currently being monitored include immunizations, mammography, and smoking cessation counseling. Performance ratings in the area of preventive services serve as potential criteria for accreditation as well as the awarding of contracts.

This chapter presents practical instructions for implementing a system for delivering preventive care services. These instructions will facilitate putting prevention into your practice.

Assess the Need for a New System

If preventive care services are being provided, assess how well your current system works. The services provided by some practices may not require significant changes. Determining the current status of a preventive care delivery system is important before implementing big changes. The best way to assess the need for a new system is to examine clinical records. A baseline chart audit can help determine if changes are needed and can also establish a baseline for demonstrating future improvements.

Assess Readiness to Make a Systems Change

As is true about any process that requires change, assessing readiness to change is beneficial. Two commonly cited barriers to implementing preventive care in clinical practice are clinicians' attitudes about prevention and problems within office systems (eg, lack of time, staff, and resources). The effect of these barriers can be minimized if they are viewed in the context of "readiness" for change. The following questions should be addressed as part of readiness assessment:

  • 1

    Is prevention an important aspect of the care provided by this organization?

  • 2

    Is increasing the quality and consistency of preventive services a priority?

  • 3

    Are adequate resources available to incorporate preventive care services?

  • 4

    Is change feasible (in terms of time, capacity, and cost)?

  • 5

    Is the staff committed to changing the system?

  • 6

    Will the administration and key stakeholders support change?

If the answer to the majority of the questions is "yes," implementation of a preventive care system can begin. If the majority of answers is "no," attention should focus on resolving the issues associated with the questions before attempting to make a change. Use of this simple questionnaire will save significant time and energy by identifying potential barriers that need to be addressed and potential facilitators of the process and allowing time to plan for successful implementation based on information collected.

Enlist Staff Support

Communication and teamwork are critical factors to successful implementation. Involving the staff is critical to ensuring that preventive services are a routine part of office practice. Include everyone who will be impacted by the changes in the planning and implementation process. Clearly define the role of all staff members and include them in the planning and problem-solving. You may discover untapped resources by encouraging staff members to creatively consider their roles in prevention delivery.

Designate a Facilitator

Recent research indicates that appointing a facilitator to introduce the tools and the process for change increases the chance of successful implementation. The responsibilities of a facilitator include:

  • planning and setting goals for the implementation process

  • coordinating implementation activities

  • ensuring good communication between all involved staff members

  • helping to establish a quality-improvement process to track progress

  • giving feedback on performance and encouraging progress

  • facilitating creative problem-solving

Perform a Chart Audit

  1. Select a small sample of records from a specific patient population (eg, adults, children, males, females).

  2. Determine which preventive care elements are to be assessed (eg, Pap testing, cholesterol screening, smoking counseling) and which guidelines to use. (Recommendations of Major Authorities in individual chapters.)

  3. Use information from the health history forms, problem lists, or progress notes from the most recent visit to determine whether the client has had:

    • health-risk behavior assessed or identified in the past year

    • appropriate screening exams for age, sex, and risk in the appropriate time frame

    • documented counseling for health risk factors

  4. Determine what percentage of the sample population received age- and gender-appropriate preventive care services in a timely manner.

Table iv.1. Sample Chart Audit Tool
Preventive Care Guideline ParametersDocumentationTreatment or Education Provided
Cholesterol Current date: Counseling doneyesno
Women q 5 yrs (45-65 y.o.)_____________ Prescription givenyesno
Men q 5 yrs (35-65 y.o.) Date of last: Referred to outside program/classyesno
_____________
Result:________
Smoking BehaviorSmoker ___Counseling doneyesno
Assess every visit Non-Smoker ___ Prescription givenyesno
Not assessed ___ Referred to outside program/classyesno
DTaP/DTP ImmunizationAge at last visit: _______________
Children <6 y.o. Has child received:
5 doses 1st dose (2 mos)yesnon/a
2nd dose (4 mos)yesnon/a
3rd dose (6 mos)yesnon/a
4th dose (15-18 mos)yesnon/a
5th dose (4-6 yrs)yesnon/a
Table iv.1 is a sample tool for performing chart audits.

Establish Preventive Care Protocols

Develop a protocol of preventive care that meets the particular needs of your specific practice and its patients. The Clinician's Handbook is designed to facilitate this process. Recommendations of major authorities, emphasizing age and periodicity for preventive screening, appear at the beginning of each chapter. By reviewing these recommendations, clinicians can decide which guidelines to select or can set their own standards based on current recommendations. A set of standards, even if minimal, needs to be identified and adopted as a policy. Concentrate efforts on selecting preventive services that truly can be provided in light of limited time, available staff, and other resources. Periodically examine the selected standards, updating them as needed based on current research and the changing needs of the patient population.

Once policy is set, familiarize the entire staff with the criteria and incorporate the standards into a preventive care flow sheet for tracking purposes. The flow sheet permits quick determination of a particular patient's need for preventive care services and allows the provider to deliver preventive care at all patient visits. If time limitations prevent delivery of such services during a visit, the patient may be informed of what care is needed, and a plan to obtain it can be established (eg, referral, follow-up appointment). After protocols for preventive care service are identified, the next step is to establish systems that ensure consistent, efficient delivery of these services.

Analyze Service Delivery and Patient Flow

The physical layout of a practice and the direction of patient flow can significantly influence the delivery of preventive services. Effective organization of clinic systems and patient flow, along with utilization of all staff members' skills, can improve delivery of services. Analyzing patient flow patterns can be as simple as mapping a patient's path through the office on paper, thus identifying areas where health education messages can be provided or reinforced. The analysis should consider who the patient encounters and what is done at each step. Such an analysis can provide a basis upon which clinic efficiency can be improved.

Use Basic Tools

The use of simple office tools can improve the delivery of preventive health care. The following tools are components of the Put Prevention Into Practice initiative. Many of the tools can be altered to meet individual specifications.

Preventive care flow sheets (adult, child, and child immunization)

The most basic tool for tracking and prompting preventive services is a flow sheet. For flow sheets to be useful, data must be promptly entered onto the forms. The assistance of staff in updating and maintaining chart flow sheets is very important. The entire staff must be familiar with the format of the sheets and how to use them. Over time, flow sheets prove to be useful tools for tracking and auditing the performance and results of preventive care, encouraging increased compliance with preventive care standards and early detection and treatment of preventable conditions.

Postcard reminders

Postcards or letters can be useful tools for reminding patients to come in for needed preventive care. Such reminders can easily be created by individual organizations, or preprinted cards can be obtained from outside sources. Computerized systems are capable of generating such mailed prompts. Telephone calls may also be used for reminding patients of the need for preventive care visits; however, telephone calls have been found to be less cost-effective than mailed prompts. Patient reminders can greatly increase the rate at which clients return for services.

In-office visual prompts

Use posters (eg, Put Prevention Into Practice, adult and child preventive care timelines) as visual prompts in the office and all examination rooms to remind both office staff and patients of the need for continuing preventive care services.

Patient materials: Personal Health Guide and Child Health Guide

Patients play a critical role in tracking and prompting their own preventive care. Studies have shown that patient-held (or parent-held) records, such as those used to promote childhood immunization programs, are well-received by both clinicians and patients.

The Personal Health Guide and the Child Health Guide were designed to:

  • provide patients with information on a range of preventive services

  • facilitate a structured dialogue between patients and providers

  • assist patients in tracking their own care

When explaining how to use the Personal Health Guide and the Child Health Guide:

  • let patients know that you think the information in the Guides is important

  • discuss topics that apply to the patient's personal health behavior as well as areas in which he/she desires to make changes; instruct patients to bring the Guides to each visit for review and updating

  • advise patients to read or review the information

  • reinforce health messages and assist patients to set realistic goals for changing health behaviors

  • reinforce positive behavior changes

Use other helpful tools

Other useful office tools include chart reminders, behavioral change contracts, health risk appraisals, and electronic medical records.

  • Chart reminders alert clinicians to the specific preventive care needs of individual patients

  • Prevention prescriptions and behavioral change contracts facilitate behavior change by clearly defining the patient's and the clinician's expectations. In addition, a written plan of action, based on an agreement between the patient and the clinician, emphasizes the patient's ability and responsibility to contribute to his/Her own disease prevention and health promotion. Follow-up telephone calls to determine progress are also helpful for encouraging compliance with health-related recommendations.

  • Health risk appraisals can ensure that clients are questioned about all possible risk factors, increase patient awareness of health risks, and provide the clinician with a second source of information other than the patient interview. However, health risk appraisals should be done in the proper context and with an appropriate amount of time allotted for follow-up counseling to ensure that patients understand the implications of such assessments and the steps to be taken in addressing the various risk factors revealed.

  • Computerized tracking and prompting systems are commercially available. Some features to look for include: the ability to prompt for preventive services, customize preventive care schedules, send out patient reminders, and determine a practice's performance.

Delegate Tasks and Staff Roles

The most efficient approach to implementing prevention care services is to delegate and share responsibilities among as many staff members as possible. Tasks, such as reviewing charts, administering immunizations, counseling patients, and screening, can be successfully provided by members of the office staff. Another important role for staff is facilitating patients' access to community resources, such as local mammography centers or smoking cessation support groups. Appropriate standards for assuring patient privacy must be maintained, regardless of the number of staff involved in a patient's care.

Perform Follow-up Evaluations

Follow-up chart audits will assist in evaluating both the consistency with which tools are used and the impact of tools on service delivery. Use this information as feedback in quality improvement activities in order to modify your service delivery plan.

In Summary

  • Assess your current preventive service delivery system

  • Elicit input from entire staff

  • Establish a preventive care protocol

  • Choose tools that are suited to your setting and system

  • Personalize or adapt tools using input from all staff members involved in the process

  • Ensure that all staff members understand the intent and purpose of the tools

  • Distribute responsibilities across the entire staff

  • Perform follow-up evaluations

Clinical Scenario

The following is one example of a systematic approach to the delivery of preventive care services:

Before a patient arrives:

  • The medical record is reviewed by a designated staff member and flagged with notes or stickers for preventive care needs determined from the record

  • A staff member sends a postcard or calls the patient to encourage making an appointment for preventive care services

Before a patient encounters the provider:

  • The receptionist or nurse provides patient with a Personal Health Guide and explains how to use it; if a patient has previously received a Personal Health Guide, the receptionist or nurse checks to determine if he/she has brought it and reviews the Guide.

  • The nursing staff completes a health-risk assessment, elicits a health history, determines which preventive care screening exams are needed, cues the clinician to complete or order exams, and reinforces health counseling

  • The nursing staff initiates health education or risk-reduction counseling

During the encounter with the provider:

  • The clinician assesses health risk and health history information, verifying/updating as necessary

  • The clinician questions the patient about identified health risks and his/Her compliance with behavioral change contracts at every visit

  • The clinician encourages the patient to ask questions about preventive health topics

  • The clinician completes or orders screening services as necessary

  • The clinician provides appropriate referrals

After the encounter:

  • A staff member assists the patient in recording information (exam dates and test results) in the Personal Health Guide and encourages the patient to bring the Guide to every visit

  • A staff member provides patient education and encourages the patient to ask questions

  • A staff member provides patient-relevant health promotion literature

  • A staff member reinforces recommended behavior changes, using a prevention prescription pad or a patient contract

  • A staff member ensures that the patient understands any instructions and knows when to return for services

  • A staff member completes follow-up with reminder postcards or telephone calls

Patient Resources

  • Personal Health Guide or Child Health Guide. AHCPR Publications Clearinghouse, P.O. Box 8547, Silver Spring, MD 20907 (800-358-9295). Internet address: http://www.ahcpr.gov/ppip/

Provider Resources

  • Copies of the "Health Risk Profile," a health risk appraisal used by the Texas Department of Health, can be obtained by calling or writing the Adult Health Program, Bureau of Chronic Disease Prevention and Control, Texas Department of Health, 1100 W 49th Street, Austin, TX 78756; (512)458-7534.

  • The Clinician's Handbook of Preventive Services, 2nd Edition; Waiting Room Poster; and Preventive Care Timeline Posters. AHCPR Publications Clearinghouse, P.O. Box 8547, Silver Spring, MD 20907 (800-358-9295). Internet address: http://www.ahcpr.gov/ppip/

  • Patient Reminder Postcards and Preventive Care Flowsheets. Internet address: http://www.ahcpr.gov/ppip/

Selected References

Burack RC, Liang J. The early detection of cancer in the primary-care setting: factors associated with the acceptance and completion of recommended procedures. Prev Med. 1987; 16: 739751. [PubMed]
Carney P, Dietrich AJ, Keller A, Landgraf J, O'Connor GT. Tools, teamwork, and tenacity: elements of a cancer control office system for primary care. J Fam Pract. 1992; 35: 388394. [PubMed]
Dickey LL and Kamerow DB. Seven steps to delivering preventive care. 1994. Family Practice Management. 1994; 1(7): 3237.
Dickey LL, Pettiti DB. A patient-held minirecord to promote adult preventive care. J Fam Pract. 1992; 34: 457463. [PubMed]
Harris RP, O'Malley MS, Fletcher SW, Knight BP. Prompting physicians for preventive procedures: a five-year study of manual and computer reminders. Am J Prev Med. 1990; 6: 145152. [PubMed]
Ornstein SM, Garr DR, Jenkins RG, Rust PF, Arnon AA. Computer-generated physician and patient reminders: tools to improve population adherence to selected preventive services. J Fam Pract. 1991; 32: 8290. [PubMed]
Pommerenke FA, Dietrich A. Improving and maintaining preventive services: I. Applying the patient model. J Fam Pract. 1992; 34: 8691. [PubMed]
Pommerenke FA and Weed DL. Physician compliance: Improving skills in preventive medicine practices. American Family Physician. 1991; 43(2): 560568. [PubMed]
Stange, KC. One size doesn't fit all: Multimethod research yields new insights into interventions to increase prevention in family practice. J Fam Pract. 1996; 43(4): 35860. [PubMed]
McVea K, Crabtree BF et al. An Ounce Of Prevention? Evaluation of the `Put Prevention Into Practice' Program. J Fam Pract. 1996; 43(4): 36169. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Guide to Clinical Preventive Services.2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996.

Children and Adolescents —Screening

1. Anemia

Improved nutrition has eased the problem of childhood anemia in the United States. However, certain groups of children, particularly infants and adolescent girls, remain at significant risk. Factors that place infants at high risk include low socioeconomic status, consumption of cow's milk before age 1 year, consumption of formula not fortified with iron, and low birth weight. Untreated anemia can lead to fatigue, apathy, impairment of growth and development, and decreased resistance to infection.

Iron deficiency is the most common cause of anemia in children and adolescents. Hemoglobinopathies, such as sickle cell disease and thalassemia, are also significant causes. See chapters 8 and 27 for information on screening for hemoglobinopathies in newborns and adults, respectively.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP) and US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • Hemoglobin concentration screening should be performed between 6 and 12 months of age for infants in high-risk groups. The AAFP and USPSTF define high-risk groups as infants living in poverty; African Americans; American Indians; Alaska Natives; immigrants from developing countries; preterm and low-birth-weight infants; and infants whose principal intake is unfortified cow's milk.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Hemoglobin or hematocrit should be measured once during infancy (between 1 and 9 months) for all children and once during adolescence for all menstruating teenagers. Bright Futures recommends hemoglobin and hematocrit screening at age 6 months if certification for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC) is needed. Bright Futures also recommends annual hemoglobin and hematocrit screening for adolescent females (ages 11 to 21 years) if any of the following risk factors are present: moderate to heavy menses, chronic weight loss, nutritional deficit, or athletic activity.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • There is conflicting and insufficient evidence to recommend for or against inclusion or exclusion of routine hemoglobin measurements at 6 to 12 months of age in normal infants. However, there is fair evidence to recommend a routine measurement for high-risk infants (infants of families of low socioeconomic status, Chinese or aboriginal ethnic origin, low birth weight [<2500 grams], or fed only whole cow's milk during the first year of life).

Basics of Anemia Screening

Table 1.1. Hemoglobin and Hematocrit Cut Points for Anemia in Children 1 Year of Age or Older
GenderAge, yearsHemoglobin, g/dLHematocrit, %
Both Genders1-1.911.033.0
2-4.911.234.0
5-7.911.434.5
8-11.911.635.0
Female12-14.911.835.5
15-17.912.036.0
> 1812.036.0
Male12-14.912.337.0
15-17.912.638.0
> 1813.641.0

From: Centers for Disease Control. CDC criteria for anemia in children and childbearing-aged women. MMWR. 1989;38:400-404.

  • 1

    Three basic methods are used to determine hemoglobin levels and hematocrits: venipuncture with analysis by automated cell counter, capillary sampling with analysis by hemoglobinometer, or capillary sampling with microhematocrit analysis by centrifuge. ( NOTE: The microhematocrit method yields slightly higher values and is somewhat less sensitive than the automated cell counter method. The capillary methods may provide less reliable results because of greater variation in sampling technique than venipuncture.)

  • 2

    In general, do not screen for anemia in a child who has had fever or infection during the preceding 2 to 3 weeks.

  • 3

    If the capillary method is used, observe the following principles of collection:

    • In infants, the best sites are the medial and lateral aspects of the plantar surface of the heel. In older children, the best sites are the medial and lateral aspects of the pulp of a finger; make the puncture perpendicular to the skin and across the dermal ridges.

    • To increase blood flow and accuracy of the test, make sure the heel or finger is warm.

    • Before puncture, clean the site with an antiseptic and allow it to dry.

    • Use sterile, disposable lancets with tips less than 2.5 mm long for infants aged 6 months or younger. Lancets with longer tips (up to 5 mm) may be used for older children.

    • Wipe away the first two to three drops of blood, which contain tissue fluids, with a dry gauze.

    • Do not milk or squeeze the puncture site, because this may cause hemolysis and admixture of tissue fluids with the specimen.

  • 4

    Table 1.1 shows hemoglobin and hematocrit cut points for the diagnosis of anemia in children, which are derived from the Second National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES II) conducted from 1976 through 1980. Although NHANES II did not provide data for children younger than 1 year of age, the cut points for 6-month-old children determined by extrapolation are only a fraction of a unit less than those for 1-year-old children.

Table 27.1. Adjustments for Hemoglobin and Hematocrit Cut Points for Anemia in Smokers
Smoking StatusHb (g/dL)Hct (%)
Nonsmoker0.00.0
Smoker (all)+0.3+1.0
0.5-<1.0 pack per day+0.3+1.0
1.0-2.0 packs per day+0.5+1.5
>2.0 packs per day+0.7+2.0

From: Centers for Disease Control. Reference criteria for anemia screening. MMWR. 1989;38:400-404.

Table 27.2. Altitude Adjustments for Hemoglobin and Hematocrit Cut Points for Anemia
Altitude (Ft)Hb (g/dL)Hct (%)
<30000.00.0
3000-3999+0.2+0.5
4000-4999+0.3+1.0
5000-5999+0.5+1.5
6000-6999+0.7+2.0
7000-7999+1.0+3.0
8000-8999+1.3+4.0
9000-9999+1.6+5.0
> 10,000+2.0+6.0

From: Centers for Disease Control. Reference criteria for anemia screening. MMWR. 1989;38:400-404.

  • Cut points for anemia should be adjusted upward for children and adolescents who live at high altitudes or smoke (See Tables 27.1 and 27.2).

Patient Resources

  • Sickle Cell Anemia (New Hope for People With). FDA Office of Consumer Affairs. HFE 88 Rm 1675, 5600 Fishers Ln, Rockville, MD 20857; (800)532-4440.

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Nutrition. Pediatric Nutrition Handbook.3rd ed. Elk Grove Village, Il: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1993.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Practice and Ambulatory Medicine. Recommendations for pediatric preventive health care. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 373374. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Prevention of iron deficiency anemia in infants. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 23.
Centers for Disease Control. CDC criteria for anemia in children and childbearing-aged women. MMWR. 1989; 38: 400404. [PubMed]
Dallman PR. Has routine screening of infants for anemia become obsolete in the United States? Pediatrics. 1987; 80: 439441. [PubMed]
Dallman PR. New approaches to screening for iron deficiency. J Pediatr. 1977; 90: 678681. [PubMed]
Dallman PR, Yip R, Johnson C. Prevalence and causes of anemia in the United States, 1976 to 1980 Am J Clin Nutr. 1984. 39:437445.View this and related citations using .
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Lozoff B, Brittenham GM, Wolf AW, et al. Iron deficiency anemia and iron therapy effects on infant developmental test performance. Pediatrics. 1987; 79: 981995. [PubMed]
Meites S, Levitt MJ. Skin-puncture and blood-collecting techniques for infants. Clin Chem. 1979; 25: 183189. [PubMed]
Randolph VS. Considerations for the clinical laboratory serving the pediatric patient. Am J Med Technol. 1982; 48: .
Reeves JD, Yip R, Kiley VA, Dallman PR. Iron deficiency in infants: the influence of mild antecedent infection. J Pediatr. 1984; 105: 874879. [PubMed]
Thomas WJ, Collins TM. Comparison of venipuncture blood counts with microcapillary measurements in screening for anemia in one-year-old infants. J Pediatr. 1982; 101: 3235. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for iron deficiency anemia.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 22.
Yip R, Binkin NJ, Fleshood L, Trowbridge FL. Declining prevalence of anemia among low-income children in the United States. JAMA. 1987; 258: 16191623. [PubMed]
Young PC, Hamill BH, Wasserman RC, Dickerman JD. Evaluation of the capillary microhematocrit as a screening test for anemia in pediatric office practice. Pediatrics. 1986; 78: 206209. [PubMed]

2. Blood Pressure

Important changes have occurred in the measurement, epidemiology, and significance of childhood blood pressure since the publication of the first edition of the Clinician's Handbook. These changes were summarized in an update from The National High Blood Pressure Education Program Working Group on Hypertension Control in Children and Adolescents (October, 1996). Current understanding of childhood blood pressure not only recognizes the importance of identification of children with hypertension due to secondary conditions but also the realization that mild elevations in blood pressure during childhood (and particularly adolescence) are more common than previously thought. Elevated blood pressure in some children may represent the early onset of essential hypertension.

Table 2.1. Blood Pressure Levels for the 90th and 95th Percentiles of Blood Pressure for Boys Aged 1 to 17 Years by Percentiles of Height
Systolic Blood Pressure by Percentile of Height, mm Hg ** Diastolic Blood Pressure by Percentile of Height, mm Hg **
Age, yBlood Pressure Percentile * 5%10%25%50%75%90%95%5%10%25%50%75%90%95%
190th9495979810010210250515253545455
95th989910110210410610655555657585959
290th989910010210410510655555657585959
95th10110210410610810911059596061626363
390th10010110310510710810959596061626363
95th10410510710911111211363636465666767
490th10210310510710911011162626364656666
95th10610710911111311411566676768697071
590th10410510610811011211265656667686969
95th10810911011211411511669707071727374
690th10510610811011111311467686970707172
95th10911011211411511711772727374757676
790th10610710911111311411569707172727374
95th11011111311511611811974747576777878
890th10710811011211411511671717273747575
95th11111211411611811912075767677787980
990th10911011211311511711772737374757677
95th11311411611711912112176777879808081
1090th11011211311511711811973747475767778
95th11411511711912112212377787980808182
1190th11211311511711912012174747576777878
95th11611711912112312412578797980818283
1290th11511611711912112312375757677787879
95th11912012112312512612779798081828383
1390th11711812012212412512675767677787980
95th12112212412612812913079808182838384
1490th12012112312512612812876767778798080
95th12412512712813013213280818182838485
1590th12312412512712913113177777879808181
95th12712812913113313413581828383848586
1690th12512612813013213313479798081828283
95th12913013213413613713883838485868787
1790th12812913113313413613681818283848585
95th13213313513613814014085858687888989

* Blood pressure percentile was determined by a single measurement.

** Height percentile was determined by standard growth curves.

From: National High Blood Pressure Education Program Working Group on Hypertension Control in Children and Adolescents. Update on the 1987 task force report on high blood pressure in children and adolescents: a working group report from the National High Blood Pressure Education Program. Pediatrics. 1996;98(4):649-658.

Table 2.2. Blood Pressure Levels for the 90th and 95th Percentiles of Blood Pressure for Girls Aged 1 to 17 Years by Percentiles of Height
Systolic Blood Pressure by Percentile of Height, mm Hg ** Diastolic Blood Pressure by Percentile of Height, mm Hg **
Age, yBlood Pressure Percentile * 5%10%25%50%75%90%95%5%10%25%50%75%90%95%
190th97989910010210310453535354555656
95th10110210310410510710757575758596060
290th999910010210310410557575858596061
95th10210310410510710810961616262636465
390th10010010210310410510661616162636364
95th10410410510710810911065656566676768
490th10110210310410610710863636465656667
95th10510610710810911111167676869697071
590th10310310410610710810965666667686869
95th10710710811011111211369707071727273
690th10410510610710911011167676869697071
95th10810911011111211411471717273737475
790th10610710810911011211269696970717272
95th11011011211311411511673737374757676
890th10810911011111211311470707171727374
95th11211211311511611711874747575767778
990th11011011211311411511671727273747475
95th11411411511711811912075767677787879
1090th11211211411511611711873737374757676
95th11611611711912012112277777778798080
1190th11411411611711811912074747575767777
95th11811811912112212312478787979808181
1290th11611611811912012112275757676777878
95th12012012112312412512679798080818282
1390th11811811912112212312476767778787980
95th12112212312512612712880808182828384
1490th11912012112212412512677777879798081
95th12312412512612812913081818283838485
1590th12112112212412512612778787979808182
95th12412512612812913013182828383848586
1690th12212212312512612712879797980818282
95th12512612712813013113283838384858686
1790th12212312412512612812879797980818282
95th12612612712913013113283838384858686

* Blood pressure percentile was determined by a single measurement.

** Height percentile was determined by standard growth curves.

From: National High Blood Pressure Education Program Working Group on Hypertension Control in Children and Adolescents. Update on the 1987 task force report on high blood pressure in children and adolescents: a working group report from the National High Blood Pressure Education Program. Pediatrics. 1996;98(4):649-658.

Blood pressure varies throughout the day in children and adults because of normal diurnal fluctuation and other factors such as physical activity and emotional stress. Body size is the most important determinant of blood pressure in children. New tables of blood pressure percentiles (Tables 2.1 and 2.2) have been released; these tables consider height in addition to age and sex.

Hypertension is defined as average systolic or diastolic blood pressure greater than or equal to the 95th percentile for age, sex, and height measured on at least three separate occasions. Elevated blood pressure must be confirmed on repeated visits before characterizing an individual as having hypertension. A more precise characterization of an individual's blood pressure level is an average of multiple measurements taken over weeks to months. With repeated measurement using standardized techniques, only about 1% of children and adolescents will be diagnosed with hypertension.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Blood pressure should be measured in children at 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 years of age, and annually beginning at 10 years of age.

  • American Medical Association --

  • During adolescence, blood pressure should be measured annually.

  • National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Task Force on Blood Pressure Control in Children --

  • Blood pressure should be measured annually beginning at 3 years of age.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Measurement of blood pressure during office visits is recommended for children and adolescents. Beginning age and periodicity are not specified. This recommendation is based on the proven benefits of early detection of treatable causes of secondary hypertension.

Basics of Blood Pressure Screening

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f200_F2-1.jpg.

    Figure 2.1 Determination of proper cuff size: step 1

From: National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Update on the Task Force Report (1987) on High Blood Pressure in Children and Adolescents: a Working Group Report From the National High Blood Pressure Education Program. Bethesda, Md: National Institutes of Health; 1996. NIH Publication No. 96-3790.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f200_F2-2.jpg.

   Figure 2.2 Determination of proper cuff size: step 2

The cuff bladder should cover 80% to 100% of the circumference of the arm.

From: National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Update on the Task Force Report (1987) on High Blood Pressure in Children and Adolescents: a Working Group Report From the National High Blood Pressure Education Program. Bethesda, Md: National Institutes of Health; 1996. NIH Publication No. 96-3790.

  • 1

    Advise patients, especially adolescents, not to smoke or otherwise use tobacco or ingest caffeine, including cola products, for at least 30 minutes before the measurement.

  • 2

    Perform the measurement in a controlled area and after 3 to 5 minutes of rest with the child in the seated position. The right arm should be fully exposed and the cubital fossa supported at heart level.

  • 3

    The mercury column sphygmomanometer is preferred over the calibrated aneroid manometer.

  • 4

    Choose an appropriately sized cuff. The bladder width should be 40% of the arm circumference measured at midpoint between the olecranon and acromion (Figure 2.1). This usually translates into a cuff that covers 80% to 100% of the circumference of the arm without impinging on the antecubital fossa (Figure 2.2). Use of a cuff that is too small will result in falsely elevated measurements. Use of a cuff that is too large will result in falsely low measurements.

  • 5

    Place the bell of the stethoscope lightly on the antecubital fossa over the brachial artery. Applying too much pressure may lead to inaccurate measurements. Rapidly inflate the cuff to approximately 20 mm Hg above the point at which the pulse is no longer audible. Then deflate the cuff at a rate of 2 to 3 mm Hg per second. The onset of a tapping sound (the first Korotkoff sound) is used to determine systolic blood pressure, and the
    disappearance of Korotkoff sounds determines the diastolic blood pressure.

  • 6

    Documentation of the patient's position, limb used, and cuff size may be required for consistency of repeated blood pressure measurements.

  • 7

    The systolic and diastolic blood pressures corresponding to the 90th and 95th percentiles according to gender, age, and percentile of height are shown in Tables 2.1 and 2.2. The height percentile is determined from the standard growth charts. A child is considered normotensive if the blood pressure is below the 90th percentile. Blood pressures in the 90th through 94th percentiles are considered high normal, and those at or above the 95th percentile are considered elevated.

  • 8

    Standards for systolic and diastolic BP for infants younger than 1 year are available. In children of this age, systolic BP is used to define hypertension.

Patient Resources

  • Eat Right to Lower Your High Blood Pressure; High Blood Pressure: Treat it for Life; Check Your Healthy Heart IQ; High Blood Pressure and What You Can Do About It; Six Good Reasons to Control Your High Blood Pressure. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Information Center, PO Box 30105, Bethesda, MD 20824-0105; (301)251-1222 (English and Spanish). Internet address: http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/nhlbi/nhlbi.htm

Provider Resources

  • The Fifth Report of the Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Information Center, PO Box 30105, Bethesda, MD 20824-0105; (301)251-1222 (English and Spanish). Internet address: http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/nhlbi/nhlbi.htm

  • Bright Futures Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617. (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

Selected References

American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Practice and Ambulatory Medicine. Recommendations for pediatric preventive health care. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 373374. [PubMed]
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendation: hypertension. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Il: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 8.
de Swiet M, Dillon MJ. Hypertension in children. Br Med J. 1989; 299(6697): 469470. [PubMed]
Fixler DE, Laird WP. Validity of mass blood pressure screening in children. Pediatrics. 1983; 72: 459463. [PubMed]
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health; 1994.
Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. The Fifth Report of the Joint National Committee on the Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure.Bethesda, Md: National Institutes of Health; 1993. US Department of Health and Human Services publication NIH 93-1088. (See also, Arch Intern Med. 1993;153:154-183.).
Lauer RM, Burns TL, Clarke WR. Assessing children's blood pressure—considerations of age and body size:the Muscatine study. Pediatrics. 1985; 75: 10811090. [PubMed]
Mehta SK. Pediatric hypertension: a challenge for pediatricians. Am J Dis Child. 1987; 141: 893894. [PubMed]
National High Blood Pressure Education Program Working Group on Hypertension Control in Children and Adolescents. Update on the 1987 task force report on high blood pressure in children and adolescents: a working group report from the National High Blood Pressure Education Program.Bethesda, Md: National Institutes of Health; 1996. US Department of Health and Human Services publication NIH 96-3790.
Sinaiko AR, Gomez-Marin O, Prineas RJ. Prevalence of "significant" hypertension in junior high school-aged children: the Children and Adolescent Blood Pressure Program. J Pediatr. 1989; 114: 664669. [PubMed]
Task Force on Blood Pressure Control in Children. Report of the Second Task Force on Blood Pressure Control in Children—1987. Pediatrics. 1987; 79: 125. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for hypertension.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 3.

3. Body Measurement

Body measurement of infants and children helps clinicians recognize significant childhood problems, including growth retardation, malnutrition, obesity, and developmental abnormalities. Measurement of head circumference can identify abnormal brain development in infants, including hydrocephalus. In older children and adolescents, body measurement can identify those who are overweight and those with possible eating disorders. Both of these conditions are targets for screening in this population. The prevalence of overweight in children is increasing and has been associated with development of heart disease and Type 2 diabetes mellitus in adulthood.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Family Physicians and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Measure height and weight periodically.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Height, weight, and head circumference should be measured at birth, at 2 to 4 weeks, and at 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, and 24 months of age. Height and weight should also be measured at 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 years of age, and annually beginning at 10 years of age. Bright Futures also recommends scoliosis and sexual maturity ratings as part of a complete physical exam for adolescents (ages 10 to 21).

  • American Medical Association --

  • All adolescents should be screened annually for eating disorders and obesity by measuring weight and stature and by asking about body image and dieting patterns.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • There is fair evidence for the inclusion of serial measurements of height, weight, and head circumference in the periodic health examination of infants and children.

Basics of Body Measurement

  • 1

    To ensure accurate measurements of infants and young children, use an assistant, and if necessary, take measurements more than once, particularly when children are very young or uncooperative.

  • 2

    Determine the height of children younger than 2 years of age by measuring their length while they are recumbent. Use a measuring board with a stationary headboard and a sliding vertical foot piece, if one is available. Otherwise, use a horizontal surface, a stationary vertical surface, a movable vertical-surfaced object, and a measuring tape. The general principles for taking the measurement are the same, regardless of the apparatus used:

    • Have the child lie flat on his/her back along the center of the board or examining table with all parts of the body touching the board

    • Position the child's head against the headboard, with eyes looking upward

    • Fully extend the hips and knees

    • Move the foot piece until it rests firmly against the child's heels with feet flat

    • Record measurements to the nearest l/8 inch (0.3 cm)

  • 3

    Obtain the standing height of children beginning at 2 years of age. Use of a stadiometer, an instrument specifically designed for height measurements, is preferred. However, accurate measurements may be obtained by using a graduated ruler or tape attached to a wall and placing a flat-surfaced object horizontally on top of the child's head. Height-measuring rods that are attached to weight scales tend to become inaccurate with use; in general, do not use them unless they are checked frequently for accuracy. The general principles for taking the measurement are as follows:

    • Have the child remove his/her shoes before being measured

    • Have the child stand with the head, shoulder blades, buttocks, and heels touching the wall

    • Make sure the knees are straight and the feet are flat on the floor

    • Ask the child to look straight ahead

    • Lower the flat-surfaced object (or movable headboard) until it touches the crown of the child's head, compressing the hair

  • 4

    Use a balance-beam or electronic scale to weigh infants and children. Spring-type scales are not sufficiently accurate for this use. Check the scale before each use to ensure that it is zeroed. The infant or child should wear only a dry diaper or light undergarment while being weighed. Check scales regularly for accuracy, and make an effort to use the same scale on subsequent visits.

  • 5

    Measure a child's head circumference by extending a nonstretchable measuring tape (disposable paper tapes are better than cloth) around the most prominent part of the occiput to the middle of the forehead. Tighten the tape to compress the hair.

  • 6

    Plot measurements on age- and gender-specific National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) growth charts for comparison with NCHS reference values. Recording serial measurements over time provides an accurate record of growth; large or sustained deviations signal a potential problem. Interpret measurements within the context of the individual child's family and growth history. If a child's measurements fall within the 10th through 25th percentile range or the 75th through 90th percentile range, assess past growth patterns and genetic and environmental factors to determine if follow-up is necessary. Recheck measurements that are below the 5th percentile or above the 95th percentile. If these measurements are confirmed, further medical evaluations may be needed.

  • NOTE: Disagreement exists about the validity of using a single set of reference standards for all subpopulations of children in the United States. Although measurements should be assessed within the context of genetic and environmental factors, most authorities support use of the NCHS reference standards. Exceptions include children with genetic conditions such as Down's, Turner's, Marfan's, and fragile X syndromes, achondroplasia, sickle cell disease, and neurofibromatosis. Separate growth charts have been developed for some of these conditions. Growth charts also have been developed for use with infants born prematurely (See Selected References).

  • 7

    Some authorities, including the American Medical Association, recommend using body mass index (BMI) calculation to assess the weight of adolescents. ( See chapter 29 for information about the calculation and use of BMI.) However, because of the lack of standardized recommended values to assess BMI in adolescents, growth charts are the preferred method for assessing their weight.

Patient Resources

  • Health Diary: Myself, My Baby. This booklet contains information about pregnancy and early childhood development. To order, contact the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402-9325.

  • The Child Health Record. This material includes growth charts and other record forms. Rx for Good Health Growth Chart. This 8-1/2" x 33" poster contains information on growth for children from birth to 10 years of age. Your Child's Growth: Developmental Milestones. Presents guidelines to gauge normal stages of development in children 3 months to 6 years of age. To order, contact the American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Your Growing Baby. This pamphlet includes information on growth. To order, contact Ross Laboratories, Dept L-1120, Columbus, OH 43260; (800)227-5767.

Provider Resources

Growth Charts: Mead Johnson Nutritional Division. For the name and telephone number of an area representative, call: (812)429-5000.

Growth Charts: Ross Laboratories, Dept L-1120, Columbus, OH 43260; (800)227-5767.

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendation: dietary habits, eating disorders, and obesity. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 5.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Practice and Ambulatory Medicine. Recommendations for pediatric preventive health care. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 373374. [PubMed]
Babson SG, Benda GI. Growth graphs for the clinical assessment of infants of varying gestational age. JPediatr. 1976; 89: 814820. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Screening for childhood obesity. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 30.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Well baby care in the first 2 years of life. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 24.
Casey PH, Kraemer HC, Bernbaum J, et al. Growth patterns of low birth weight preterm infants:an analysis of alarge, varied sample. J Pediatr. 1990; 117: 289307.
Chinn S, Price CE, Rona RJ. Need for new reference curves for height. Arch Dis Child. 1989; 64: 15451553. [PubMed]
Cronk C, Crocker AC, Pueschel SM, et al. Growth charts for children with Down syndrome:1 month to 18 years of age. Pediatrics. 1988; 81: 102110. [PubMed]
Dine MS, Gartside PS, Glueck CJ, et al. Relationship of head circumference to length in the first 400 days of life. Pediatrics. 1981; 67: 506507. [PubMed]
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Hamill PVV, Drizd TA, Johnson CL, et al. Physical growth: National Center for Health Statistics percentiles Am J Clin Nutr. 1979. 32:607629.View this and related citations using [PubMed].
Lohman TG, Roche AF, Martorell R. Anthropometric Standardization Reference Manual. Champaign, Ill: Human Kinetics Books; 1988.
Moore WM, Roche AF. Pediatric Anthropometry. Columbus, Oh: Ross Laboratories; 1982.
Naeraa RW, Nielsen J. Standards for growth and final height in Turner's syndrome. Acta Paediatr Scand. 1990; 79: 182190. [PubMed]
Nutritional Screening of Children: A Manual for Screening and Followup. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Health Services Administration, Bureau of Community Health Services,Office of Maternal and Child Health; 1981. US Department of Health and Human Services publication HSA 81-5114.
National Center for Health Statistics Growth Charts. Monthly Vital Statistics Report. Hyattsville, Md: US Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; 1976;25:1-22. USHEW publication HRA 76-1120.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for obesity.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 21.
Vaughan VC. On the utility of growth curves. JAMA. 1992; 267: 975976. [PubMed]
Yip R, Scanlon K, Trowbridge F. Improving the growth status of Asian refugee children in the United States. JAMA. 1992; 267: 937940. [PubMed]

4. Cholesterol

Coronary heart disease (CHD) is the major cause of death in the United States. The atherosclerotic process that leads to CHD often begins in childhood. Because unfavorable lipoprotein levels are linked to early atherosclerotic changes in children, and because children with high cholesterol levels are at increased risk of having high cholesterol levels as adults, identifying such children and intervening to decrease their cholesterol levels have been suggested as a means of preventing CHD in adulthood.

Children from higher risk families (with a pattern of hypercholesterolemia or premature CHD in the adult members) who have elevated serum cholesterol levels appear to be at a particularly increased risk for CHD when they reach adulthood. This association is the basis for some of the recommendations made by major authorities for the selective screening of children for elevated cholesterol. For the general pediatric population over age 2 years, counseling to encourage a reduced intake of dietary fat, especially saturated fats, is recommended.

Children identified with high cholesterol levels may be considered for dietary or drug interventions to lower their cholesterol level. In the Dietary Intervention Study in Children (DISC), diet produced a significant reduction in cholesterol levels without adverse effects on growth and development, but the effects of drug treatment over periods of 40 years or more have not been established.

See chapter 20 for information on nutrition counseling in children/adolescents.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against routine cholesterol screening of children and adolescents. Individual clinical judgment should be exercised to determine the need for screening.

  • National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute's National Cholesterol Education Program Expert Panel on Blood Cholesterol Levels in Children and Adolescents; American Academy of Pediatrics; Bright Futures; and American Medical Association --

  • Universal screening of children and adolescents for cholesterol levels is not recommended. Children older than 2 years of age who have a parent with a total cholesterol level of 240 mg/dL or greater should be screened for both total serum cholesterol and HDL cholesterol levels. Children (older than age 2 years) and adolescents with a family history of premature cardiovascular disease (ie, a parent or grandparent who, at age 55 years or younger, had a documented myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, peripheral vascular disease, cerebrovascular disease, or sudden cardiac death, or underwent diagnostic coronary arteriography and was found to have atherosclerosis, or underwent coronary artery bypass surgery or angioplasty) should be screened for lipoprotein levels after a 12-hour fast. In children whose family history is not obtainable, screening may be indicated, especially if risk factors for coronary artery disease are present (eg, high blood pressure, smoking, overweight, or excessive consumption of saturated fat and cholesterol).

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • There is insufficient evidence to recommend screening of children and adolescents. For adolescents who have a family history of very high cholesterol, premature CHD in a first-degree relative (before age 50 years in men or age 60 years in women), or major nonlipid risk factors for CHD (eg, smoking, hypertension, diabetes), screening may be recommended on other grounds, because of the greater absolute risk attributable to high cholesterol levels in such persons and the potential long-term benefits of early lifestyle interventions in young persons with high cholesterol levels. Recommendations against screening of children may be made on other grounds, including the costs and inconvenience of screening and follow-up, greater potential for adverse effects of treatment, and the uncertain long-term benefits of small reductions in childhood cholesterol levels.

Basics of Cholesterol Screening

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f200_F4-1.jpg.

   Figure 4.1 Assessment and Follow-up of Total Cholesterol Measurements

From: National Cholesterol Education Program. Report of the Expert Panel on Blood Cholesterol Levels in Children and Adolescents. Bethesda, Md: National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; 1991. US Department of Health and Human Services publication NIH 91-2732.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f200_F4-2.jpg.

   Figure 4.2 Assessment and Follow-up of Lipoprotein Analysis

From: National Cholesterol Education Program. Report of the Expert Panel on Blood Cholesterol Levels in Children and Adolescents. Bethesda, Md: National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; 1991. US Department of Health and Human Services publication NIH 91-2732.

  • 1

    Children may eat a normal diet before total cholesterol screening. Children undergoing lipoprotein analysis should fast, ingesting nothing but water for 12 hours before the blood sample is taken.

  • 2

    Do not screen children who are acutely ill, including those with infectious diseases. Do not screen pregnant adolescents.

  • 3

    A venous sample obtained with the patient in the sitting position yields the most accurate results; recumbency lowers lipid levels. Documentation of position is important when comparing follow-up measurements.

  • 4

    Take into account the cholesterol-raising effect of certain medications, including corticosteroids, isotretinoin, thiazides, anticonvulsants, beta blockers, and certain anabolic steroids. If a patient meeting screening criteria takes one of these drugs, a potential strategy is to perform the test, and if the result is elevated, consider the magnitude of the elevation and the ease and safety of suspending medication for retesting in the absence of drugs.

  • 5

    The laboratory used for analysis should participate in a program of external standardization to ensure compliance with standards of precision and accuracy. The National Cholesterol Education Program's Laboratory Standardization Panel recommends that bias not exceed ±5% from the true value and that the intralaboratory coefficient of variation not exceed ±5%.

  • 6

    The National Cholesterol Education Program has recommended protocols for assessing cholesterol levels in the screening of children (Figures 4.1 and 4.2).

Patient Resources

  • Step by Step: Eating to Lower Your High Blood Cholesterol; So You Have High Blood Cholesterol; Parents Guide: Cholesterol in Children -- Healthy Eating is a Family Affair. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Information Center, PO Box 30105, Bethesda, MD 20824-0105; (301)251-1222 (English and Spanish). Internet address: http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/nhlbi/nhlbi.htm

  • Growing up Healthy: Fat, Cholesterol, and More. This brochure provides health and eating guidelines for children 2 to 6 years old. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016.

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

Selected References

American Academy of Pediatrics. Prudent life-style for children: dietary fat and cholesterol. Pediatrics. 1986; 78: 521525. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. Pediatric Nutrition Handbook.3rd ed. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1993.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Nutrition. Statement on cholesterol. Pediatrics. 1992; 90: 469473. [PubMed]
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendation: hyperlipidemia. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Il: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 9.
Bao W, Srinivasan SR, Wattigney WA, Bao W, Berenson GS. Usefulness of childhood low-density lipoprotein cholesterol level in predicting adult dyslipidemia and other cardiovascular risks. Arch Intern Med. 1996; 156: 131520. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Lowering the blood total cholesterol level to prevent coronary heart disease. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 54.
The Dietary Intervention Study In Children Collaborative Research Group. Efficacy and safety of lowering dietary intake of fat and cholesterol in children with elevated low-density lipoprotein cholesterol. JAMA. 1995; 273: 142935. [PubMed]
Diller PM, Huster GA, Leach AD, Laskamziski PM, Sprecher DL. Definition and application of the discretionary screening indicators according to the National Cholesterol Education Program for children and adolescents. J Pediatr. 1995; 426: 34552.
Garcia RE, Moodie DS. Routine cholesterol surveillance in childhood. Pediatrics. 1989; 84: 751755. [PubMed]
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Kuehl KS. Cholesterol screening in childhood. Targeted versus universal approaches. Ann NY Acad Sci. 1991; 623: 193199. [PubMed]
National Cholesterol Education Program. Recommendations for Improving Cholesterol Measurement. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; 1990. US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service publication NIH 90-2964.
National Cholesterol Education Program, Expert Panel on Blood Cholesterol Levels in Children and Adolescents. Report of the Expert Panel on Blood Cholesterol Levels in Children and Adolescents. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; 1991. US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service publication NIH 91-2732.
Newman WP, Wattigney W, Berenson G. Autopsy studies in United States children and adolescents. Relationship of risk factors to atherosclerotic lesions. Ann NY Acad Sci. 1991; 623: 1725.
Newman TB, Browner W, Hulley SB. The case against childhood cholesterol screening. JAMA. 1990; 264: 30393043. [PubMed]
Resnicow K, Berenson G, Shea S, Srinivasan S, et al. The case against the "case against childhood cholesterol screening.". JAMA. 1991; 265: 30033005. [PubMed]
Resnicow K, Morley-Kotchen J, Wynder E. Plasma cholesterol levels of 6585 children in the United States; results of the know your body screening in five states. Pediatrics. 1989; 84: 969976. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for blood cholesterol.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 2.

5. Depression and Suicide

Depression in children and adolescents is a significant health problem in the United States and is often overlooked or misdiagnosed in the primary care setting. The incidence of major depressive disorders in children is approximately 2% to 4% and increases two- to threefold during adolescence.

A family history of depression, particularly parental, is a major risk factor for childhood depression, but no other specific risk factors have been consistently identified. The following factors may be associated with a variety of adverse mental health outcomes in children, including depression: a history of verbal, physical, or sexual abuse; frequent separation from or loss of a loved one; attention deficit disorder; hyperactivity; chronic illness; poverty; and mental retardation. Complications of depression in childhood and adolescence include poor school performance, poor peer relations, alcohol and drug use, promiscuity, teenage pregnancy, other psychiatric illness, and suicide.

Suicide is the third leading cause of death among persons aged 15 to 24 years, following unintentional injuries and homicide. The rate of suicide among young males is five times that among young females. Firearms are the most common method of suicide for young males and females. Among young females, attempted suicide is reported more frequently than is completed suicide, although no national data are available.

Risk factors for suicide frequently occur in combination. The strongest risk factors for both attempted and completed suicide by children and adolescents are mental disorders, especially clinical depression and conduct problems, and substance abuse. Other risk factors include a family history of mental or addictive disorders or suicide, family violence, previous suicide attempts, and availability and accessibility of firearms in the home. Acute adverse life events such as incarceration or the breakup of a relationship, in association with an underlying psychiatric disorder or other risk factors, and the presence of a firearm in the home can be a potentially dangerous combination leading to suicide.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Behavioral assessment should be a routine part of health supervision throughout childhood and adolescence. Adolescents and their parents should be asked about suicidal thoughts or threats.

  • American Medical Association --

  • Because of the pervasive nature of mood disorders, all adolescents should be screened annually for signs and symptoms of recurrent or severe depression. Special attention should be directed at adolescents who are performing poorly in school, who use alcohol or drugs, or who have had a deteriorating relationship with parents and peers. Physicians should also screen adolescents annually to identify those at risk for suicide. Parents or other adult care-givers of adolescents with suicidal intent should be counseled to remove weapons and potentially lethal medications from the home.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • Routine screening for depression is not recommended, but physicians should maintain a high level of clinical sensitivity. Evaluation of suicide risk is recommended for persons at high risk: those with a history of psychiatric illness, depression, or drug and alcohol abuse, especially those living in isolation; those with chronic terminal illness; Native and Aboriginal people, especially young males; those with a family history of suicide; and first-generation immigrant women.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against performance of routine screening tests for depression in asymptomatic patients in the primary care setting. Clinicians should, however, maintain an especially high index of suspicion for depressive symptoms in adolescents and young adults, persons with a family or personal history of depression, those with chronic illness, those who perceive or have experienced a recent loss, and those with sleep disorders, chronic pain, or multiple unexplained somatic complaints. There is also insufficient evidence to recommend for or against routine screening by primary care clinicians to detect suicide risk in asymptomatic persons. Clinicians should be alert to evidence of suicidal ideation when the history reveals risk factors for suicide, such as depression, alcohol or other drug abuse, other psychiatric disorders, prior attempted suicide, recent divorce, separation, unemployment, and recent bereavement.

Basics of Screening for Depression and Suicide

Depression

Table 5.1. Symptoms of Major Depression
Depressed mood (or irritable mood in children and adolescents)
Markedly diminished interest or pleasure in activities
Significant weight loss or gain when not dieting, or decrease/increase in appetite (in children, consider failure to make expected weight gains), insomnia or hypersomnia
Psychomotor agitation or retardation
Fatigue or loss of energy, indecisiveness
Feelings of worthlessness or excessive or inappropriate guilt
Diminished ability to think or concentrate, problems at school
Recurrent thoughts of death, recurrent suicidal ideation

Adapted from: American Psychiatric Association, Committee on Nomenclature. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Third Edition, Revised. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1987. Reproduced by permission of the publisher; copyright © 1987.

  • 1

    Become familiar with the risk factors for and symptoms of depression (See Recommendations of Major Authorities and Table 5.1).

  • 2

    Identify any risk factors or symptoms indicating the need for in-depth evaluation by a mental health professional.

Suicide

  • 1

    Become familiar with the risk factors for suicide (See Recommendations of Major Authorities).

  • 2

    Inquire about suicidal thoughts in a direct, straightforward manner.

  • 3

    Question those with suicidal thoughts about the extent and specificity of plans for suicide. Immediate referral to a mental health professional is advisable, especially for individuals with serious intent.

  • 4

    Counsel parents about the importance of restricting the access of children and adolescents to dangerous prescription drugs and firearms in the home.

Patient Resources

  • Facts for Families: The Depressed Child; Teen Suicide; Children and Grief; Manic Depressive Illness in Teens. American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 3615 Wisconsin Ave, NW, Washington, DC 20016-3007; (202)966-7300; E-mail: 74003.264@compuserve.com

  • Surviving: Coping with Adolescent Depression and Suicide; Caring for Your Adolescent: Age 12 to 21; Divorce and Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60000-0927; (800)443-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

  • The Classification of Child and Adolescent Mental Diagnosis in Primary Care. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Prevention in Child and Adolescent Psychiatry; Prevention of Mental Disorders, Alcohol and Other Drug Use in Children and Adolescents. American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 3615 Wisconsin Ave, NW, Washington, DC 20016-3007; (202)966-7300; E-mail 74003.264@compuserve.com

  • National Institute of Mental Health, 5600 Fishers Ln, Room 14C-02, Rockville, MD 20857; (800)421-4211. Internet address: http://www.nimh.nih.gov

  • National Mental Health Association, 1021 Prince St, Alexandria, VA 22314; (800)969-6642.

Selected References

American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Adolescence. Suicide and suicide attempts in adolescents and young adults. Pediatrics. 1988; 81: 322324. [PubMed]
Angold A, Costello EJ. The epidemiology of depression in children and adolescents.In: Goodyer IM, ed. The Depressed Child and Adolescent: Developmental and Clinical Perspectives. Cambridge Ma: Cambridge University Press; 1995:127-147.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Psychosocial Aspects of Child and Family Health. Guidelines for Health Supervision. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1988.
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendation: depression (severe and recurrent) and suicide. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Il: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 12.
American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1994.
Brent DA, Perper JA, Goldstein CE, et al. Risk factors for adolescent suicide. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988; 45: 581587. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Early detection of depression. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 39.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Prevention of suicide. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 40.
Chang G, Warner V, Weissman MM. Physicians' recognition of psychiatric disorders in children and adolescents. Am J Dis Child. 1988; 142: 736739. [PubMed]
Costello EJ, Angold A. Scales to assess child and adolescent depression: checklists, screens, and nets. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1988; 27: 726737. [PubMed]
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Grayson P, Carlson G. The utility of a DSM-III-R-based checklist in screening child psychiatric patients. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1991; 30: 669673. [PubMed]
Kashani J, Sherman D. Childhood depression: epidemiology, etiological models, and treatment implications. Integr Psychiatry. 1988; 6: 121.
Lewinsohn PM, Rohde P, Seeley JR. Adolescent suicidal ideation and attempts: Prevalence, risk factors, clinical implications. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice. 1996; 3: 2546.
Moscicki EK. Epidemiology of suicidal behavior. Suicide and life-threatening behavior: Suicide Prevention: Toward the year 2000 (Special Issue). 1995; 25: 2235.
Roberts N, Vargo B, Ferguson HB. Measurement of anxiety and depression in children and adolescents. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 1989; 12: 837860. [PubMed]
Slap G, Vorters D, Khalid N, Margulies S, Forke C. Adolescent suicide attempters: do physicians recognize them? J Adolesc Health. 1992; 13: 286292. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for depression.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services, 1996: chap 49.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for suicide risk.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services, 1996: chap 50.

6. Hearing

An estimated 1% to 2% of infants and children in the United States suffer from hearing impairment. Approximately half of these cases are congenital or are acquired during infancy. Severe or profound hearing loss affects one of every 750 live births. Approximately 5% of infants in neonatal intensive care units have evidence of significant hearing loss. Some 8 million school-aged children experience temporary hearing loss, which usually occurs as a complication of otitis media with middle ear effusion.

Hearing is necessary for normal development of speech and language and is also important for acquiring psychosocial skills during infancy and childhood. Because most speech and language development occurs between birth and 3 years of age, early detection of hearing impairment in infants and children and initiation of medical and educational interventions are critical.

Refer to chapter 35 for information on hearing screening in adults.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Normal-Risk Children

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures

  • endorse the recommendation by the Joint Committee on Infant Hearing and alsorecommend that pure-tone audiometry be performed at 3, 4, 5, 10, 12, 15, and 18 years of age. Subjective assessment of hearing should be performed at other ages.

  • American Speech-Language-Hearing Association --

  • Annual pure-tone audiometry should be performed for children functioning at a developmental level of age 3 years to grade 3 and for any high-risk children, including those above grade 3.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • Repeated examination of hearing is recommended for young children, especially during the first year of life. Suggested guidelines for this examination include checking the startle or turning response to a novel noise produced outside the infant's field of vision at birth and 6 months of age and checking for the absence of babbling at 6 months of age. Screening using auditory brainstem responses or evoked otoacoustic emission by 3 months of age is not recommended pending further evaluation. Routine hearing assessment of asymptomatic preschoolers using history-taking, audiometry, tympanometry, or acoustic reflexometry is not recommended.

  • Joint Committee on Infant Hearing (American Speech-Language Hearing Association, American Academy of Pediatrics, American Academy of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, American Academy of Audiology, American Academy of Pediatrics and the Directors of Speech and Hearing Programs in State Health and Welfare Agencies) and Bright Futures --

  • endorse the goal of universal detection of infants with hearing loss as early as possible using auditory brainstem response or otoacoustic emissions. All infants should be screened before 3 months of age.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against routine screening of asymptomatic neonates for congenital hearing loss using evoked otoacoustic emission (EOE) testing or auditory brainstem response (ABR). Routine hearing screening of asymptomatic children beyond age 3 years is not recommended. There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against routinely screening asymptomatic adolescents for hearing impairment. However, screening of workers for noise-induced hearing loss should be performed in the context of existing worksite programs and occupational medicine guidelines.

High-Risk Children

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA) --

  • Children with frequently recurring otitis media or middle ear effusion, or both, should have audiology screening and monitoring of communication skills development. ASHA recommends annual pure-tone audiometry testing for all children at high risk for hearing impairment.

  • Joint Committee on Infant Hearing (American Speech-Language Hearing Association, American Academy of Pediatrics, American Academy of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, American Academy of Audiology, American Academy of Pediatrics and the Directors of Speech and Hearing Programs in State Health and Welfare Agencies) --

  • Neonates (birth to 28 days of age) with one or more of the neonatal risk criteria should have audiology screening, preferably before hospital discharge but no later than 3 months of age.

Neonatal Risk Criteria

Family history of hereditary sensorineural hearing loss; in utero infection (eg, cytomegalovirus, rubella, syphilis, herpes, or toxoplasmosis); craniofacial anomalies, including those with morphological abnormalities of the pinna and ear canal; birth weight less than 1500 grams (3.3 lbs); hyperbilirubinemia at a serum level requiring exchange transfusion; ototoxic medications, including but not limited to aminoglycosides, used in multiple courses or in combination with loop diuretics; bacterial meningitis; Apgar scores of 0 to 4 at 1 minute or 0 to 6 at 5 minutes; mechanical ventilation lasting 5 days or longer; and stigmata or other findings associated with a syndrome known to include a sensorineural and/or conductive hearing loss.

Infants and children less than 2 years of age with one or more of the following risk criteria should have audiology screening.

Risk Criteria for Ages 29 days to 2 Years

Parent/care-giver concern regarding hearing, speech, language, and/or developmental delay; bacterial meningitis or other infections associated with sensorineural hearing loss; head trauma associated with loss of consciousness or skull fracture; stigmata or other findings associated with a syndrome known to include a sensorineural and/or conductive hearing loss; ototoxic medications, including but not limited to aminoglycosides, used in multiple courses or in combination with loop diuretics; recurrent or persistent otitis media with effusion for at least 3 months associated with hearing loss; anatomic deformities and other disorders that affect eustachian tube function; neurofibromatosis type II and neurodegenerative disorders.

Infants and children with the following risk factors for delayed-onset hearing loss require hearing evaluation every 6 months until 3 years of age.

Risk Factors for Delayed-Onset Hearing Loss

Family history of hereditary childhood hearing loss; in utero infection, such as cytomegalovirus, rubella, syphilis, herpes, or toxoplasmosis; neurofibromatosis type II and neurodegenerative disorders; recurrent or persistent otitis media with effusion, anatomic deformities, and other disorders that affect eustachian tube function; neurodegenerative disorders.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Screening for hearing impairment in high-risk infants can be recommended based on the relatively high prevalence of hearing impairment, parental anxiety, and the potential beneficial effect on language development from early treatment of infants with moderate or severe hearing loss. Refer to neonatal risk criteria listed above under Joint Committee on Infant Hearing. Clinicians examining any infant or young child should remain alert for symptoms or signs of hearing impairment, including parent/care-giver concern regarding hearing, speech, language, and/or developmental delay.

Basics of Hearing Screening

1. Assess the family and medical history of every child for risk factors for hearing impairment.

2. Ask parents about the auditory responsiveness and speech and language development of young children. Any parental reports of impairment should be seriously evaluated.

3. In infants, assessment of hearing by observational techniques is very imprecise. Consider referring all infants and young children with suspected hearing difficulties to an audiologist.

4. When performing physical examinations, remain alert for structural defects of the ear, head, and neck. Remain alert for abnormalities of the ear canal (inflammation, cerumen impaction, tumors, or foreign bodies) and the eardrum (perforation, retraction, or evidence of effusion).

5. Children as young as 6 months of age, depending on how cooperative they are, may be screened by pure-tone audiometry. Two screening methods are suggested as the most appropriate tools for children who are functioning at 6 months to 3 years developmental age: visual reinforcement audiometry (VRA) and conditioned play audiometry (CPA). For children from approximately 6 months through 2 years of age, VRA is the recognized method of choice. As children mature beyond their second birthday, CPA may be attempted. For those children who can be conditioned for VRA, screen using earphones (conventional or insert), with 1000, 2000, and 4000 Hz tones at 30 dB HL. For those children who can be conditioned for play audiometry, screen using earphones (conventional or insert), with 1000, 2000, and 4000 Hz tones at 20 dB HL. Hand-held audiometers are of unproven effectiveness in screening children.

After 6 months of age, any child may be screened for middle ear dysfunction using tympanometry. Perform tympanometry with a low frequency (220, 226 Hz) probe tone and a positive to negative air pressure sweep. Middle ear pressure peaks between -150 mmhos and +150 mmhos are considered normal. Patients with pressure peaks outside this range or lack of any identifiable pressure peak should be referred for otologic follow-up.

6. Repeat screening to substantiate audiometric evidence of hearing impairment. Remove and reposition the earphones and carefully repeat the instructions to the child to assure proper understanding and attention to the test. Referral to a qualified specialist (ie, audiologist, otolaryngologist) is recommended for confirmation and work-up of hearing impairment.

Patient Resources

  • Is My Baby's Hearing Normal? American Academy of Otolaryngology -- Head and Neck Surgery, Order Department, 1 Prince St, Alexandria, VA 22314; (703)836-4444.

  • Answers to Questions About Otitis Media, Hearing, and Language Development; How Does Your Child Hear and Talk?; Recognizing Communication Disorders. American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 10801 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20852. For general information, call: (800)638-8255. To order, call: (301)897-5700, ext 218; Internet address: http://www.asha.org

  • Middle Ear Fluid in Young Children: Parent Guide; Ear Infection in Children. The American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders. Internet address: http://www.nih.gov/nidcd

American Speech-Language-Hearing Association.
Internet address: http://www.asha.org

Selected References

American Academy of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, Joint Committee on Infant Hearing. 1990 position statement. American Academy of Otolaryngology-Headand Neck Surgery Bulletin. March 1991:15-18.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Practice and Ambulatory Medicine. Recommendations for pediatric preventive health care. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 373374. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. Managing otitis media with effusion in young children. Pediatrics. 1994; 94: 766773. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. Joint Committee on Infant Hearing position statement 1982. In: Policy Reference Guide: A Comprehensive Guide to AAP Policy Statements through December 1991. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics;1991;333-334.
American Academy of Pediatrics. Middle ear disease and language development. In: Policy Reference Guide: A Comprehensive Guide to AAP Policy Statements through December 1991. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics;1991;418.
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Guidelines for the audiologic assessment of children from birth through 36 months of age. ASHA. 1991; 33(suppl 5): 3743.
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Audiologic screening of newborn infants who are at risk for hearing impairment. ASHA. 1989; 31(3): 8992.
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Guidelines for identification audiometry ASHA.1985;May:49-53 View this and related citations usingView this and related citations using .
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Guidelines for screening for hearing impairment and middle-ear disorders. ASHA. 1990; 32(suppl 2): 1724.
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Preferred practice patterns for the professions of speech-language pathology and audiology. . Rockville, MD: ASHA. In press.
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. The prevention of communication disorders tutorial. ASHA. 1991; 33(suppl 6): 1541. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Routine preschool screening for visual and hearing problems. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 27.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Well-baby care in the first 2 years of life. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 24.
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Joint Committee on Infant Hearing. Joint Committee on Infant Hearing 1994 position statement. Pediatrics. 1995; 95: 152156. [PubMed]
National Institutes of Health. Early Identification of Hearing Impairment in Infants and Young Children. Bethesda, Md: National Institutes of Health. In press.
Thompson MD, Thompson G. Early identification of hearing loss: listen to parents. Clin Pediatr. 1991; 30: 7780.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for hearing impairment.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 35.
Watkin PM, Baldwin M, Laoide S. Parental suspicion and identification of hearing impairment. ArchDis Child. 1990; 65: 846850.

7. Lead

Childhood lead poisoning is one of the most common, preventable health problems in the United States. From 1991 to 1994, an estimated 890,000 US children aged 1 to 5 years (4.4% of all children in this age group) had blood lead levels greater than or equal to 10 µg/dL, the current definition of lead toxicity. Although rates of lead poisoning are higher among low-income, inner-city children, no socioeconomic group, geographic area, or racial or ethnic population is spared.

Studies have shown that blood lead levels as low as 10 to 15 µg/dL are associated with diminished intelligence, impaired neurobehavioral development, decreased hearing acuity, and growth inhibition. Higher levels can cause severe damage to the central nervous, renal, and hematopoietic systems and can be fatal.

Children at risk for lead poisoning who are screened can be followed or treated based on their blood lead levels. If lead poisoning is diagnosed, the clinician needs to call the appropriate local health authority to help determine the lead source. In several states, reporting to the local health department is required. Local public health departments may initiate community-wide educational programs and environmental assessments in response to such reports. Expert consultation for treating and following lead toxicity should be obtained by contacting the state or local health department, a university medical center, or a certified regional poison control center.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Determination of lead levels is recommended for infants at 12 months of age who live in communities in which the prevalence of lead levels requiring intervention is high or undefined; live in or frequently visit a home built before 1950 with dilapidated paint or with recent or ongoing renovation or remodeling; have close contact with a person who has an elevated lead level; live near lead industry or heavy traffic; live with someone whose job or hobby involves lead exposure; use lead-based pottery; or take traditional remedies that contain lead.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • Pediatric-care providers should increase their efforts to screen children for lead exposure. Blood lead screening should be a part of routine health supervision of children and can best be addressed by increasing children's access to health care. Because lead is ubiquitous in the US environment, this screening should occur at about 9 to 12 months of age and, if possible, again at about 24 months of age. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has raised the possibility that there may be low-risk communities that do not require screening, but no explicit guidance has been developed for determining a community's risk. As more data are collected, it may become evident that there are locales where selective screening of children is more appropriate than routine screening.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against universal lead screening of children to detect mild or moderate lead exposure. Screening is recommended for children at high risk: children who live in or regularly visit homes built before 1960 with deteriorating paint or recent, ongoing, or planned renovation or remodeling; who have a sibling, housemate, or playmate known to have had lead poisoning; who live with an adult whose job or hobby involves exposure to lead; or who live near lead industries or busy highways.

Table 7.1. Recommended Questions for Assessing Lead Exposure Risk
Does your child live in or regularly visit a house built before 1950? (Including daycare centers, preschools, homes of baby-sitters or relatives)
Does your child live in or regularly visit a house built before 1978 (the year lead-based paint was banned for residential use) with recent, ongoing, or planned renovation or remodeling?
Does your child have a sibling, housemate, or playmate being followed or treated for lead poisoning (blood lead level 15 µg/dL)?

Adapted from: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Screening Young Children for Lead Poisoning. Expected date of publication: 1997.

  • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) --

  • (NOTE: Revised guidelines are expected to be published in the fall of 1997. Revisions to the CDC guidelines were being considered at the time of this publication. Please consult Provider Resources below for information on how to obtain current recommendations.) CDC's draft guidelines recommend that state and local health officials make screening recommendations that are based on an assessment of local lead exposure sources and on blood lead screening data. Where risk is widespread, universal screening should be recommended; where risk is less or confined to small pockets, targeted screening should be recommended. Screening should be focused on children at 12 and at 24 months of age. A targeted screening recommendation would call for screening of children who meet criteria established by the health department. Likely criteria include: residence in a high-risk zip code or neighborhood, poverty, or response to a personal-risk questionnaire that is tailored to local conditions. An example of one such basic questionnaire is presented in Table 7.1. Health departments will be expected to tailor the questionnaire to make it appropriate to local sources of exposure.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Screening for elevated lead levels by measuring blood lead at least once at about 12 months of age is recommended for all children at increased risk of lead exposure. All children with identifiable risk factors should be screened, as should children living in communities in which the prevalence of blood lead levels requiring individual intervention, including chelation therapy or residential lead hazard control, is high or undefined. If capillary blood is used, elevated lead levels should be confirmed by measurement of venous blood lead. The optimal frequency of screening for lead exposure in children, or for repeated testing of children previously found to have elevated blood lead levels, is unknown and is left to clinical discretion; consideration should be given to the degree of elevation, the interventions provided, and the natural history of lead exposure, including the typical peak in lead levels at 18 to 24 months of age. In communities where the prevalence of blood lead levels requiring individual intervention is low, a strategy of targeted screening, possibly using locale-specific questionnaires of known and acceptable sensitivity and specificity, can be used to identify high-risk children who should have blood lead testing. There is currently insufficient evidence to recommend an exact population prevalence below which targeted screening can be substituted for universal screening. Clinicians should seek guidance from their local or state health department.

Basics of Lead Screening

Table 7.2. Recommendations for Minimizing the Contamination of Capillary Blood Samples Obtained by Finger Stick
Personnel who collect specimens should be well trained in and completely familiar with the collection procedure and observe universal precautions.
Puncturing the fingers of infants younger than 1 year of age is not recommended. The heel is a more suitable site for these children.
If examination gloves are coated with powder, rinse them with tap water.
Thoroughly wash the child's hands or heel with soap and water, and then dry with a clean, low-lint towel.
Once the finger or heel to be punctured is washed, clean it with alcohol; do not allow it to come into contact with any surface, including the child's other fingers.
Although its effectiveness in reducing contamination is under study, silicone spray can be used to form a protective layer between the skin and blood droplets.
Use sterile gauze or a cotton ball to wipe off the first droplet of blood, which contains tissue fluids.
Do not collect blood that has run down the finger or onto the fingernail.
Avoid contact between the skin and the collection container.

Adapted from: Centers for Disease Control. Preventing Lead Poisoning in Young Children: A Statement by the Centers for Disease Control. Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control; 1991.

Table 7.3. CDC Recommendations for Follow-up of Blood Lead Measurements
Blood Lead Level (BLL) (µg/dL)Action
<9Reassess or rescreen in 1 year. No additional action necessary unless exposure sources change
10-14Family lead education
Follow-up testing
Social services, if necessary
15-19Family lead education
Follow-up testing
Social services, if necessary
If BLLs persist (ie, 2 venous BLLs in this range at least 3 months apart) or worsen, proceed according to actions for BLLs 20-44
20-44Coordination of care (case-management)
Clinical management *
Environmental investigation
Lead-hazard reduction
45-69Within 48 hours, begin coordination of care (case management), clinical management*, environmental investigation, lead hazard reduction
>70Hospitalize child and begin medical treatment immediately. Begin coordination of care (case management), clinical management*, environmental investigation and lead-hazard reduction immediately

* Refer to CDC source publication, Screening Young Children for Lead Poisoning, for description of clinical management.

Adapted from: Centers for Disease Control. Screening Young Children for Lead Poisoning. Expected date of publication: 1997.

  • 1

    Begin risk assessment and counseling during prenatal visits and continue after birth during regular office visits until the child is at least 6 years of age. Counsel parents against sanding old lead paint while remodeling during pregnancy.

  • 2

    Evaluate each child's risk of lead toxicity. Use of a structured set of questions such as that developed by CDC (Table 7.1) can be very helpful. If the answer to any of the questions is positive, consider the child at high risk for exposure.

  • 3

    Measurement of the blood lead level is more sensitive and specific than measurement of the erythrocyte protoporphyrin (EP) level.

  • 4

    Screening blood lead levels may be obtained from capillary sampling. Follow the precautions listed in Table 7.2 to minimize the chance of contamination from environmental sources. Confirm elevated blood lead test results (15 µg/dL or greater) obtained on capillary specimens by using venous blood. A child with a capillary lead level of 70 µg/dL or greater requires immediate retesting using a venous sample.

  • 5

    Interpret and manage blood lead test results according to the CDC recommendations listed in Table 7.3. Several states require primary care providers and persons in charge of lead screening programs to report both presumptive and confirmed cases of lead toxicity to the appropriate health agency.

  • 6

    Laboratories where blood is tested for lead levels must participate in a blood-lead proficiency testing program, such as the collaborative program between the Health Resources and Services Administration and CDC. Information on this program is available by calling the Wisconsin State Hygiene Laboratory (608)262-1146.

  • 7

    Because iron deficiency can enhance lead absorption and toxicity, test all children with blood lead levels of 20 µg/dL or greater for iron deficiency.

  • 8

    Provide guidance to parents about creating an environment safe from lead exposure for their children. Include advice on eliminating peeling or chipping paint, decreasing the lead content of water, preventing contact via hobbies or contaminated work clothing, remaining alert for pica behavior, and assuring good hygiene. ( See Patient Resources for publications to aid in counseling.)

Patient Resources

  • Department of Housing and Urban Development, Office of Lead-Based Paint. Internet access: htp://www.hud.gov/lea

  • National Lead Information Center of the National Safety Council; (800)LEADFYI.

  • What Everyone Should Know About Lead Poisoning. To obtain individual copies, contact: Alliance to End Childhood Lead Poisoning, 600 Pennsylvania Ave SE, Suite 100, Washington, DC 20003. To obtain bulk copies, contact: Channing L. Bete Co, Inc, 200 State Rd, South Deerfield, MA 01373; (800)628-7733.

  • Protect your family from lead in your home. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (770)488-7330.

Provider Resources

  • Preventing Lead Poisoning in Young Children: A Statement by the Centers for Disease Control; The Strategic Plan for the Elimination of Lead Poisoning; Nutrition and Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (770)488-7330.

  • Case Studies in Environmental Medicine: Lead Toxicity. Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, Division of Health Education, Mailstop E33, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-6205.

Selected References

Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry. Case Studies in Environmental Medicine: Lead Toxicity. Atlanta, Ga: Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, Centers for Disease Control; September 1992. US Department of Health and Human Services.
American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Screening children for lead exposure in Canada. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 25.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Update: Blood Lead Levels—United States, 1991-1994. MMWR. 1997; 46(7): 141144. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Preventing Lead Poisoning in Young Children: A Statement by the Centers for Disease Control. Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control; 1991. US Department of Health and Human Services.
Crocetti AF, Mushak P, Schwartz J. Determination of numbers of lead-exposed US children by areas of the United States: an integrated summary of a report to the US Congress on childhood lead poisoning. Environ Health Perspect. 1990; 89: 109120. [PubMed]
DeBaun MR, Sox HC. Setting the optimal erythrocyte protoporphyrin screening decision threshold for lead poisoning: a decision analytic approach. Pediatrics. 1991; 88: 121131. [PubMed]
Mahaffey KR, Annest JL, Roberts J, Murphy RS. National estimates of blood lead levels: United States, 1976-1980. N Engl J Med. 1982; 307: 573579. [PubMed]
Needleman HL. The persistent threat of lead: a singular opportunity. Am J Public Health. 1989; 79: 643645. [PubMed]
Needleman HL, Schell A, Bellinger D, Leviton A, Allred EN. The long-term effects of exposure to low doses of lead in childhood: an 11-year follow-up report. N Engl J Med. 1990; 322: 8388. [PubMed]
Ratcliffe SD, Lee J, Lutz LJ, Woolley FR, et al. Lead toxicity and iron deficiency in Utah migrant children. Am J Public Health. 1989; 79: 631633. [PubMed]
Ruff HA, Bijur PE, Markowitz M, Yeou-Cheng M, Rosen JF. Declining blood lead levels and cognitive changes in moderately lead-poisoned children. JAMA. 1993; 269: 16411654. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for elevated lead levels in childhood and pregnancy.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 23.

8. Newborn Screening

Table 8.1. Newborn Screening By State
STATEMANDATEDBIOCAHCFGALHGBHCUHYPOMSUDPKUTOXOTYR
ND·····
AL · · · · · ·
AK · · · · · · ·
AZ · · · · · · · ·
AR · · · · ·
CA · · · · ·
CO · · · · · · ·
CT · · · · · · · · ·
DE · · · · · ·
FL · · · · · ·
GA · · · · · · · · ·
HI · · ·
ID · · · · · · ·
IL · · · · · · ·
IN · · · · · · ·
IA · · · · · ·
KA · · · · ·
KY · · · · ·
LA · · · ·
ME · · · · · · ·
MD · · · · · · · · ·
MA · · · · · · · · · ·
MI · · · · · · · ·
MN · · · · · ·
MS · · · · ·
MO · · · · ·
MT · · · · · ·
NE · · · · · ·
NV · · · · · · ·
NH · · · · · · · ·
NJ · · · · ·
NM · · · · · ·
NY · · · · · · · ·
NC · · · · · ·
OH · · · · · ·
OK · · · · ·
OR · · · · · · ·
PA · · · · ·
RI · · · · · · · · ·
SC · · · · · ·
SD · · · ·
TN · · · · ·
TX · · · · · ·
UT · · · ·
VT · · · · · · · ·
VA · · · · · · · ·
WA · · · · ·
DC · · · · · · ·
WV · · · · ·
WI · · · · · · · ·
WY · · · · · · ·
Key
BIOBiotinidase Deficiency
CAHCongenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
CFCystic Fibrosis
GALGalactosemia
HGBHemoglobinopathies
HCUHomocystinuria
HYPOCongenital Hypothyroidism
MSUDMaple Syrup Urine Disease
PKUPhenylketonuria
TOXOToxoplasmosis
TYRTyrosinemia

Adapted from: Illinois Department of Public Health. An Overview of Newborn Screening Programs in the United States and Canada. Springfield, Ill, Illinois Department of Public Health; 1996.

Virtually all states require screening of newborns for congenital hypothyroidism and phenylketonuria (PKU). Testing for galactosemia and hemoglobinopathies is required in a majority of states, and some states require screening of newborns for maple syrup urine disease, homocystinuria, biotinidase deficiency, tyrosinemia, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, cystic fibrosis, and toxoplasmosis. Table 8.1 provides a state-by-state listing of newborn screening policies.

Hypothyroidism
Most children with congenital hypothyroidism who are not identified and treated promptly suffer the irreversible mental retardation, growth failure, deafness, and neurologic abnormalities characteristic of the syndrome of cretinism. The incidence of this disorder is 1 per 3600 to 1per 5000 live births. Infants who receive adequate treatment with thyroxine within the first weeks of life have normal or near-normal intellectual performance at 4 to 7 years of age.

Phenylketonuria (PKU)
Phenylketonuria is an autosomal recessive aminoacidopathy that leads to severe, irreversible mental retardation (IQbelow 50) if it is not treated during infancy. The incidence of this disorder is 1 per 10,000 to 1 per 15,000 live births. Most children who undergo early screening, diagnosis, and optimal treatment with dietary restriction of phenylalanine will be in the normal range of intelligence.

Galactosemia
Galactosemia presents following milk feeding with vomiting, diarrhea, failure to thrive, and Escherichia coli septicemia (which is often fatal). Continued exposure to galactose results in liver disease (manifested by hepatomegaly, jaundice, and cirrhosis), cataracts, and irreversible mental retardation. The incidence of galactosemia is 1 per 60,000 to 1 per 80,000 live births. Treatment is directed to the elimination of dietary lactose by avoiding galactose in breast milk, cow's milk, and infant formulas. Treatment can lead to dramatic improvement in all clinical features except for central nervous system dysfunction.

Hemoglobinopathies
Sickle cell disease and other hemoglobinopathies, such as thalassemia and hemoglobin E, aremost common in persons of African, Mediterranean, Asian, Caribbean, and South andCentral American ancestry. Affected individuals may have overwhelming sepsis, chronic hemolytic anemia, episodic vascular occlusive crises, hyposplenism, periodic splenic sequestration, and bone marrow aplasia. Carriers (genetic heterozygotes) do not suffer significant morbidity. Early detection of sickle cell disease in newborns allows prophylactic use of penicillin to prevent septicemia and prompt clinical intervention for infection and sequestration crises.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Newborn screening should be performed according to each state's regulations.

National authorities have made recommendations for the following specific conditions:

Hypothyroidism

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Neonatal screening for thyroid function abnormalities is recommended.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), American Thyroid Association (ATA), Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination (CTFPHE), and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • All neonates should be screened for congenital hypothyroidism between 2 and 6 days of life. Care should be taken to assure that infants born at home, ill at birth, or transferred between hospitals in the first week of life are screened before 7 days of life. According to the CTFPHE, it is better to obtain a specimen within 24 hours of birth than no specimen at all. According to the AAP and ATA, blood should be obtained from infants before discharge from the hospital or after 48 hours of age.

Phenylketonuria (PKU)

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Neonatal screening for PKU is recommended.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination (CTFPHE) and US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • All infants should be screened for PKU before discharge from the nursery. Premature infants and those with illness should be tested at or near 7 days of age. Infants tested before 24 hours of age should receive a repeat screening. According to the CTFPHE, this should occur between 2 and 7 days of age; according to the USPSTF, this should occur by 2 weeks of age.

Hemoglobinopathies

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Neonatal screening for hemoglobinopathies is recommended.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination and US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • Neonatal screening for sickle hemoglobinopathies is recommended. Whether such screening should be universal or targeted to high-risk groups will depend on the proportion of high-risk individuals in the screening area. All screening must be accompanied by comprehensive counseling and treatment services. There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against screening for hemoglobinopathies in adolescents and young adults in order to help them make informed reproductive decisions. According to the USPSTF, such screening may be justified on the basis of burden of suffering and patient preference.

  • Sickle Cell Disease Guideline Panel of the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research, US Public Health Service --

  • Universal screening for sickle cell disease should be conducted on all newborns. This recommendation has been endorsed by the American Academy of Pediatrics, the American Nurses Association, and the National Medical Association.

Basics of Newborn Screening

Schedule 1

  • 1

    For the full-term, well neonate, obtain the specimen as close as possible to the time of discharge from the nursery and in no case later than 7 days of age. If the initial specimen is obtained earlier than 24 hours after birth, obtain a second specimen at 1 or 2 weeks of age to decrease the probability that PKU and other disorders with metabolite accumulation will be missed.

  • 2

    For any premature infant, any infant receiving parenteral feeding, or any neonate being treated for illness, obtain a specimen for screening at or near the seventh day of life if a specimen has not been obtained before that time, regardless of feeding status. For infants requiring transfusion or dialysis before the standard time for obtaining a specimen, obtain the sample for screening before transfusion or dialysis, if the neonate's condition is amenable. If asample cannot be obtained beforehand, ensure that an adequate specimen is obtained at a time when the plasma or red blood cells, or both, will again reflect the child's own metabolic processes or phenotype.

Collection Technique 2

  • 1

    Apply the same standards and techniques for the collection of blood specimens for neonatal screening programs for all of the congenital diseases. State screening agencies hold individual hospitals accountable for instituting policies thatassure proper collection of filter-paper blood samples.

  • 2

    Enter the required information on the specimen collection kit with a ballpoint pen, not a soft-tip pen or typewriter.

  • 3

    Universal precautions: Use all appropriate precautions, including wearing gloves, when handling blood, and dispose of used lancets in a biohazard container for sharp objects.

  • 4

    Site Selection: The source of blood must be the most lateral surface of the plantar aspect (walking surface) of the infant's heel. Skin punctures to obtain blood specimens must not be performed on the central area of the newborn's foot (area of the arch) or on the fingers of newborns. Puncturing the heel on the posterior curvature will permit blood to flow away from the puncture, making proper spotting difficult. Do not lance a previous puncture site.

  • 5

    Site Preparation: Warm the puncture site to increase blood flow. Place a warm, moist towel at a temperature no higher than 42°C (108°F) on the site for 3 minutes. Holding the infant's leg in a position lower than the heart will increase venous pressure.

  • 6

    Cleaning the Site: Clean the infant's heel with 70% isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol). Wipe away excess alcohol with a dry sterile gauze or cotton ball, and allow the heel to air-dry thoroughly. Failure to wipe off alcohol residue may dilute the specimen and adversely affect test results.

  • 7

    Puncture: To ensure sufficient blood flow, puncture the plantar surface of the infant's heel with a sterile lancet to a depth of 2.0 to 2.4 mm or with an automated lancet device. Wipe away the first drop of blood with sterile gauze. In small premature infants, the heel bone may be no more than 2.4 mm beneath the plantar heel skin surface and half this distance at the posterior curvature of the heel. Puncturing deeper may risk bone damage. Do not milk or squeeze the puncture site, as this may cause hemolysis and admixture of tissue fluids with the specimen.

  • 8

    Filter Paper Handling and Application: Avoid touching the area within the printed circle on the filter paper before collection. Gently touch the filter paper against a large drop of blood and, in one step, allow a sufficient quantity of blood to soak through to completely fill the circle on the filter paper. Do not press the paper against the puncture site on the heel. Apply blood to only one side of the filter paper. Examine both sides of thefilter paper to assure that the blood penetrates and saturates the paper. Do not layer successive drops of blood within the circle. If blood flow diminishes so that the circle is incompletely filled, repeat the sampling steps at a different site. Do not touch the blood sample after collection; do not allow water, feeding formulas, antiseptic solutions, or any other contaminant to come into contact with the sample. Allow the sample to dry thoroughly before insertion into the envelope. Insufficient drying can adversely affect test results.

  • 9

    Hemostasis: After blood has been collected from the heel of the newborn, elevate the foot above the body and press a sterile gauze pad or cotton ball against the puncture site until the bleeding stops.

Documentation

Ensure that children receive proper newborn screening and that test results are reviewed. Be aware of patients who are at increased risk for not being screened. Such patients include sick or premature neonates, neonates undergoing adoption or being transferred within or between hospitals, infants born at home, children of transient or homeless families, and infants born outside the United States and Canada. Document newborn screening results in an easily accessible part of the patient record for future reference.

Follow-up

Confirm all abnormal results with retesting. With certain rare exceptions (eg, galactosemia and maple syrup urine disease), do not initiate treatment until a confirmatory test result has been obtained. Prompt physical examination of patients with abnormal results is important. Start all patients with sickle cell disease on penicillin prophylaxis as soon as the diagnosis is confirmed.

Counseling

Provide appropriate counseling to all parents of children with abnormal test results. Provide information about the significance of the results and the need for retesting, the implications for the child's health, treatment regimens, symptoms to be alert for, and genetic issues for future childbearing.

Patient Resources

  • Sickle Cell Disease: Guide for Parents. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research Publications Clearinghouse, PO Box 8547, Silver Spring, MD 20907; (800)358-9295.

  • Sickle Cell Anemia (New Hope for People With). FDA Office of Consumer Affairs. HFE 88 Room 1675, 5600 Fishers Ln, Rockville, MD 20857; (800)532-4440.

  • Understanding PKU. PKU Clinic, Children's Hospital Medical Center, 300 Longwood Ave, Boston, MA 02115; (617)355-6394.

Provider Resources

  • Sickle Cell Disease: Clinical Practice Guideline; Sickle Cell Disease: Guideline Report; Sickle Cell Disease: Quick Reference Guide. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research Publications Clearinghouse, PO Box 8547, Silver Spring, MD 20907; (800)358-9295.

  • Blood Collection on Filter Paper for Neonatal Screening Programs -- Second Edition; Approved Standard. National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards (NCCLS), 940 W Valley Rd, Suite 1400, Wayne, PA 19087-1898. An educational videotape depicting the LA4-A2 collection procedure is also available.

  • Management and Therapy of Sickle Cell Disease. NIH publication No. 96-2117. NHLBI Information Center, PO Box 30105, Bethesda, MD 20814-0105.

  • New England Connection for PKU and Allied Disorders, 16 Angelina Ln, Mansfield, MA 02048. Various brochures on PKU, maple syrup urine disease, homocystinuria, tyrosinemia, urea cycle disorders, and organic acidemias are available; (508)261-1291.

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Issues in newborn screening. Pediatrics. 1992; 89: 345349. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Health supervision for children with sickle cell diseases and their families. Pediatrics. 1996; 98: 467472. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Health supervision for children with achondroplasia. Pediatrics. 1995; 95: 443451. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Health supervision for children with Down syndrome. Pediatrics. 1994; 93: 855859. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Newborn screening fact sheets. Pediatrics. 1989; 83: 449464. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Prenatal genetic diagnosis for pediatricians. Pediatrics. 1994; 93: 10101015. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Health supervision for children with fragile X syndrome. Pediatrics. 1996; 98: 297300. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Health supervision for children with Marfan syndrome. Pediatrics. 1996; 98: 978982. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on genetics. Health supervision for children with neurofibromatosis. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 368372. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Genetics. Health supervision for children with Turner syndrome. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 11661173. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Section on Endocrinology and Committee on Genetics, American Thyroid Association, Committee on Public Health. Newborn screening for congenital hypothyroidism: recommendations for guidelines. Pediatrics. 1993; 91: 12031209. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Screening for congenital hypothyroidism. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 18.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Screening for hemoglobinopathies in Canada. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 20.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Screening for phenylketonuria. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 17.
Donnell G, ed. Galactosemia: New Frontiers in Research. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Child Health and Development; 1993.
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Illinois Department of Public Health. An Overview of Newborn Screening Programs in the United States and Canada. Springfield, Ill: Illinois Department of Public Health; 1996.
National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards. Blood Collection on Filter Paper for Neonatal Screening Programs—Second Edition; Approved Standard. Villanova, Pa: National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards; 1992.
National Institutes of Health. Newborn Screening for Sickle Cell Disease and Other Hemoglobinopathies. National Institutes of Health Consensus Development Conference Statement. 1987; 6(9): 122.
National Screening Status Report. Infant Screening. 1993; 16(1): .
Sickle Cell Disease Guideline Panel, Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. Sickle Cell Disease: Screening, Diagnosis, Management, and Counseling in Newborns and Infants. Clinical Practice Guideline No. 6. Rockville, Md: US Department of Health and Human Services; April 1993. DHHS publication AHCPR 93-0562.
Therrell BL, ed. Methods for Neonatal Screening. Washington, DC: American Public Health Association, 1993.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for congenital hypothyroidism.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 45.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for hemoglobinopathies.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 43.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for phenylketonuria.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 44.

9. Tuberculosis (Including Prophylaxis and BCG Vaccination)

Tuberculosis (TB) continues to be a public health problem in the United States for both children and adults. Although the number of new TB cases in the United States among children younger than 15 years of age declined steadily from 1953 (when national surveillance for TB began) until 1988, the number of new cases increased 51% between 1988 and 1992 (from 1133 to 1708). Despite a drop in new TB cases in children between 1992 and 1995, 38% more new cases occurred in 1995 compared with 1988. Factors contributing to the increase in the number of TB cases include adverse social and economic conditions, the epidemic of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, immigration of individuals with Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection, and noncompliance of clinicians and patients with recommended screening and treatment regimens. The recent emergence of multiple-drug-resistant strains of M. tuberculosis has added urgency to the need for improved preventive efforts to combat the disease.

Of additional concern is that the number of TB cases among children younger than age 2 years is twice that among older children. Young children, in whom early TB disease may go unrecognized because their TB skin tests may be negative and because they may have few symptoms of disease, are more likely to develop severe disease such as meningitis or miliary tuberculosis than older children or adults. Young children are also more likely to progress from primary TB infection to active disease in a shorter time period than older children and adults.

The diagnosis of TB disease in a child is a sentinel event, signifying recent and ongoing transmission of M. tuberculosis in the community. In most states, the clinician is responsible for reporting cases of TB to the appropriate local or state health department, in order to initiate an epidemiologic investigation to identify and to treat infectious cases and contacts in the community.

Pediatric populations at high risk for TB disease include foreign born, African American, and Hispanic children. General populations at high risk of tuberculous infection include: 1) close contacts of persons known or suspected to have TB; 2) persons infected with HIV; 3) persons who inject illicit drugs or other locally identified high-risk substance abusers (eg, crack cocaine users); 4) persons who have medical risk factors known to increase the risk for TB disease if infection occurs; 5) residents and employees of high-risk congregate settings (eg, correctional institutions, nursing homes, mental institutions, other long-term residential facilities, and shelters for the homeless); 6) health-care workers who serve high-risk clients; 7) foreign-born persons, including children, who have arrived within 5 years from countries with a high incidence or prevalence of TB; and 8) some medically underserved, low-income populations.

Conditions and chronic diseases that predispose patients to development of TB disease include HIV infection, diabetes mellitus, end-stage renal disease, and hematologic and reticuloendothelial diseases; history of intestinal bypass or gastrectomy, chronic malabsorption syndromes, silicosis, cancers of the upper gastrointestinal tract or oropharynx, prolonged steroid use, and immunosuppressive therapy; and being 10% or more below desirable body weight.

Table 9.1. Definition of a Positive Mantoux Skin Test (5 Tuberculin Units of Purified Protein Derivative) in Children
http://www.aap.org/policy/01227t1.htm
Adapted from: American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Disease. Update on tuberculosis skin testing of children. Pediatrics 1996;97:282-284. Copyright 1996.
Screening for TB consists of an intradermal injection of purified protein derivative (Mantoux test). A positive skin reaction (Table 9.1) necessitates additional work-up (chest x-rays, sputum smears and cultures) to differentiate between TB infection and TB disease. A drug regimen based on this evaluation will either be a prophylactic treatment of TB infection or a multi-drug treatment of TB disease (based on the organism's antibiotic sensitivities).

Isoniazid prophylaxis has been shown to be effective in preventing the progression of TB infection to clinical TB disease. When isoniazid is taken for 12 months, it reduces the occurrence of TB disease by 54% to 88%. The efficacy of isoniazid is directly related to the length of prophylaxis, the extent of patient compliance with the prophylactic regimen, and the susceptibility of the infecting organism to isoniazid.

In the United States, the use of Bacillus of Calmette and Guérin (BCG) vaccine to prevent TB infection is rarely indicated; however, new recommendations have been developed in light of two meta-analyses of BCG vaccine clinical trials, as well as the increase in TB cases and the outbreaks of multi-drug-resistant TB. The meta-analyses of BCG protective efficacy indicated that the vaccine efficacy for preventing serious forms of TB in children (meningeal and miliary) was high (>80%). (See Basics of: BCG Vaccination.)

Tuberculosis disease is currently designated as an infectious disease notifiable at the national level. Refer to Appendix C for further information on nationally notifiable diseases.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Screening

  • All major authorities, including American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), American Academy of Family Physicians, American Medical Association, American Thoracic Society, Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and US Preventive Service Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • Tuberculin testing should be performed on children and adolescents at high risk of disease. AAP has recommended annual TB testing for infants and children with HIV and incarcerated adolescents; testing every 2 to 3 years for children exposed to individuals in certain high-risk groups (HIV infected, homeless, residents of nursing homes, institutionalized adolescents or adults, users of illicit drugs, incarcerated adolescents or adults and migrant farm workers); and testing at ages 4 to 6 years and 11 to 16 years for children without specific risk factors who reside in high prevalence areas and for children whose parents immigrated from regions with a high prevalence of TB or with continued potential exposure by travel to the endemic areas and/or household contact with persons from the endemic areas with unknown skin test status. The USPSTF has stated that the frequency of skin testing is a matter of clinical discretion.

Prophylaxis

  • American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), American Thoracic Society (ATS), and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) --

  • Children with a positive Mantoux test and without active disease should receive prophylaxis with isoniazid. Certain children with a negative Mantoux test should be considered for isoniazid prophylaxis (See Basics of Prophylaxis: Indications). The AAP has also suggested prophylaxis for patients who are anergic and from a population with a high prevalence of TB. Recommendations for the duration of isoniazid prophylaxis vary among authorities. The ATS and CDC recommend a minimum of 6 months of prophylaxis; the AAP recommends a minimum of 9 months of prophylaxis. According to AAP recommendations, newborn prophylaxis may be discontinued at 3 months of age if a Mantoux test at that time is negative; if all known adult contacts have negative sputum samples and are compliant with anti-TB medications; and if a repeat Mantoux test is performed at 6 months of age. The ATS and CDC recommend maintaining newborn prophylaxis until a negative PPD test is obtained at 6 months of age. Patients who are HIV-positive or who have evidence of prior TB on chest radiograph should receive isoniazid prophylaxis for 12 months. In the latter case, a 4-month course of isoniazid combined with rifampin can also be used.

BCG Vaccination

  • Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), Advisory Council for the Elimination of Tuberculosis, American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), and US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • BCG vaccination should be considered for an infant or child who has a negative TB skin-test result if the following circumstances are present: the child is exposed continually to an untreated or ineffectively treated patient who has infectious pulmonary TB, and the child cannot be separated from the presence of the infectious patient or given long-term primary preventive therapy OR the child is exposed continually to a patient who had infectious pulmonary TB caused by M. tuberculosis strains resistant to isoniazid and rifampin, and the child cannot be separated from the presence of the infectious patient. The AAP and USPSTF also recommend consideration of BCG vaccination for infants and children in groups in which an excessive rate of new infections is present (eg, >1%) and the usual surveillance and treatment have failed or are not feasible (eg, in groups without a source of regular health care). In the United States, BCG vaccination is rarely indicated. Physicians considering the use of BCG vaccine for their patients are encouraged to consult the TB control programs in their area or the CDC's Division of Tuberculosis Elimination at (404)639-8120.

Basics of Tuberculosis Screening

NOTE: Persons who are not likely to be infected with M. tuberculosis generally should not undergo skin testing, because the predictive value of a positive skin test in low-risk populations is poor.

  • 1

    The Mantoux test is the standard method of testing. Multiple-puncture tests should not be used to determine whether a person is infected.

  • 2

    For the Mantoux test, use 0.1 mL of purified protein derivative (PPD) containing 5 tuberculin units. Administer PPD using a disposable tuberculin syringe, with the bevel of the needle facing upward. Administer the injection intradermally on the volar surface of the forearm to produce a pale, discrete elevation of the skin (weal) 6 to 10 mm in diameter. The weal disappears shortly after the test is administered.

  • 3

    Read the test 48 to 72 hours after injection by measuring the diameter of induration (not erythema) transverse to the long axis of the forearm. Record the actual millimeters of induration. Do not consider the erythema that may surround the area of induration.

  • 4

    The definition of a positive skin test reaction depends on the likelihood of tuberculosis infection and the risk of tuberculosis disease if infection has occurred. A positive skin reaction can be expected 2 to 10 weeks after infection with TB has occurred.

  • 5

    Do not retest patients who have a documented history of a positive Mantoux test; such testing has no diagnostic utility.

  • 6

    Live-virus vaccines, such as measles-mumps-rubella (MMR), varicella (VCV), and oral polio vaccine (OPV), may interfere with a response to a tuberculin skin test. The tuberculin skin test should either be administered on the same day as the live-virus vaccinations, or postponed until 4 to 6 weeks after the vaccinations.

Basics of Tuberculosis Prophylaxis

1. Indications

Table 43.1. Criteria for Determining Need for Preventive Therapy by Category and Age Group
CategoryAge Group (Years)
< 35> 35
With risk factor * Treat at all ages if reaction to 5 TU purified protein derivative >10 mm (or >5 mm and recent TB contact, HIV-infected, or has radiographic evidence of old TB)
Without risk factor High-incidence group ** Treat if PPD >10 mmDo not treat
Without risk factor Low-incidence groupConsider treating if PPD >15 mm*** Do not treat

* Risk factors include: HIV infection; recent (within past 3 months) contact with infectious person; radiograph other than entirely normal; injection drug abuse; certain medical risk factors; and recent skin-test conversion. Recent converters are defined as: infants and children younger than 4 years of age with a 10-mm PPD; children and adults younger than 35 years of age with an increase in PPD reaction of >10 mm within a 2-year period; or adult >35 years of age with an increase in PPD reaction >15 mm within a 2-year period. Medical risk factors include: HIV infection, diabetes, end-stage renal disease, hematologic and reticuloendothelial diseases, prolonged steroid use, immunosuppressive therapy, and conditions associated with rapid weight loss (intestinal bypass surgery, gastrectomy, peptic ulcer disease, chronic malabsorption, chronic alcoholism, carcinomas of the oropharynx and upper gastrointestinal tract that prevent adequate nutrition).

** High-incidence groups include: foreign-born persons from high-prevalence countries; medically underserved low-income populations (including high-risk racial or ethnic minority populations, especially African Americans, Hispanics, and American Indians); and residents of long-term care facilities.

*** Consider treatment with isoniazid (INH) based on individual assessment of risks and benefits.

Adapted from: Centers for Disease Control. The use of preventive therapy for tuberculosis infection in the United States: recommendations of the Advisory Committee for the Elimination of Tuberculosis. MMWR. 1990;39:(No. RR-8):9-12.

Information also incorporated from: American Thoracic Society. Treatment of tuberculosis and tuberculosis infection in adults and children. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1994;149:1359-1374. Official journal of the American Thoracic Society. Copyright American Lung Association.

A child with a positive Mantoux test result but without active disease is a candidate for isoniazid prophylaxis. Active disease is excluded by a normal chest radiograph and a lack of symptoms suggesting TB disease. See Table 43.1 for more information on general indications for prophylaxis.

Special pediatric cases should be considered candidates for isoniazid prophylaxis even if they lack documentation of a positive Mantoux test:

  • Newborn prophylaxis: Infants whose mothers have active disease (even if noncontagious) and infants whose mothers have a positive Mantoux test but do not have active disease (preventive therapy can be discontinued after the entire family is demonstrated to have negative tuberculin skin tests)

  • Children who are both anergic or HIV-positive and from populations where the prevalence of TB infection is higher than 10% (eg, injection drug users, homeless persons, migrant laborers, and individuals from Asia, Africa, or Latin America)

  • Children who have had close contact within the past 3 months with a person with infectious TB.

2. Dosage and Administration

The recommended dosage of isoniazid is 10 to 15 mg/kg (up to a maximum of 300 mg) given orally once daily. For noncompliant patients, 15 mg/kg (to a maximum of 900 mg) may be given twice weekly under the direct observation of a health professional.

3. Duration

Continue isoniazid prophylaxis for 6 to 12 months. Recommendations regarding the duration of isoniazid prophylaxis vary (See Recommendations of Major Authorities: Prophylaxis).

4. Precautions

Patients receiving isoniazid prophylaxis must be monitored monthly for signs and symptoms of hepatotoxicity, including loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting, persistent dark urine, jaundice, fever, and abdominal tenderness (especially in the right upper quadrant). Isoniazid should be discontinued at the first sign of hepatotoxicity, and the patient evaluated for the cause of hepatitis. If isoniazid is not the cause of hepatotoxicity, consider reinstating isoniazid preventive therapy once the patient is clinically stable. In otherwise healthy children, the incidence of hepatitis during isoniazid therapy is low enough that routine screening with liver function testing is not required. Peripheral neuritis and convulsions caused by inhibition of pyridoxine metabolism by isoniazid have rarely occurred. When neuritis or convulsions occur during isoniazid treatment, consider accidental overdosage as a possible cause. Pyridoxine supplementation may be considered on an individual basis for breast-feeding children, children with deficient diets (particularly those low in meat and milk), and pregnant women.

Basics of BCG Vaccination

1. Indications

Recommendations differ slightly among authorities. (See Recommendations of Major Authorities.)

2. Vaccine Types

One BCG vaccine (Tice®) is available in the United States. Other BCG preparations that are available for the treatment of bladder cancer are not intended for use as vaccines. Other vaccines are in use in Canada and Mexico.

3. Dose and Administration

> 30 days old: Drop 0.3 mL of the vaccine on the cleansed surface of the skin in the lower deltoid area. Administer the vaccine percutaneously by applying a multiple-puncture disc through the vaccine; the vaccine should flow into the puncture wounds and dry. A dressing is not required, but advise the patient to keep the site dry for 24 hours.

<30 days old: Administer only half the usual dose to infants younger than 30 days old. If an infant's indications for vaccination persist (ie, the TB skin test result is <5 mm induration), administer a full dose of vaccine at 1year of age.

4. Contraindications

Until the risks and benefits of BCG vaccination in immunocompromised populations are defined, BCG vaccination should not be administered to persons with impaired immune responses (ie, HIV infection, congenital immunodeficiency, leukemia, lymphoma, or generalized malignancy) or suppressed immune responses (from steroids, alkylating agents, antimetabolites, or radiation.) Although no harmful effects to the fetus have been associated with BCG vaccination, its use is not recommended during pregnancy.

5. Adverse reactions

A bluish-red pustule usually forms at the site within 2 to 3 weeks. After 6 weeks, the pustule ulcerates and forms a lesion approximately 5 mm in diameter. Healing is usually complete within 3 months, but a permanent scar usually occurs at the site. Keep draining lesions clean and bandaged. Hypertrophic scars occur in 28% to 33% of vaccinated persons, and keloid scars occur in 2% to 4% of vaccinees.

Although BCG vaccination often results in local adverse effects, serious or long-term complications are rare. Moderate axillary or cervical lymphadenopathy, induration and subsequent pustule formation at the injection site can be expected. More severe local reactions include ulceration at the site and regional suppurative lymphadenitis. Disseminated BCG infection is a rare occurrence, but it is the most serious complication of the vaccine, and can occur from 4 months to 2 years after the vaccination.

6. Interactions

BCG vaccination can cause false-positive Mantoux reactions, but these tuberculin skin test reactions decrease with time after vaccination, and reactions of 15 mm induration or larger are rare. The presence or size of a post-vaccination tuberculin skin-test reaction does not predict whether BCG will provide any protection against TB disease. In general, consider BCG-vaccinated individuals with positive Mantoux test results to have true infection with M. tuberculosis.

7. Follow-up

Perform tuberculin skin testing 3 months after BCG vaccination; record test results, in millimeters of induration, in the patient's medical record. The vaccinated person may continue to participate in ongoing skin-testing programs if results remain negative (<5 mm induration). Vaccinees who have positive skin-test results ( > 5 mm induration) after vaccination should not be retested unless exposed to a person with infectious TB. A diagnosis of TB infection and the use of preventive therapy should be considered for any BCG-vaccinated person who has a tuberculin skin-test reaction of 10 mm of induration, particularly if any of the following circumstances are present:

  • The vaccinated person is a contact of another person who has infectious TB, particularly if the infectious person has transmitted TB to others

  • The vaccinated person was born or has resided in a country in which the prevalence of TB is high

  • The vaccinated person is exposed continually to populations in which the prevalence of TB is high

Patient Resources

  • Facts About the TB Skin Test; Facts About Tuberculosis. American Lung Association, 1740 Broadway, New York, NY 10019-4374; (212)315-8700.

  • TB: Get the Facts; Tuberculosis: Connection between TB and HIV. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Attn: Information Technology and Services, Mailstop E-06, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-1819.

Provider Resources

  • Core Curriculum on Tuberculosis. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 1994. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Attn: Information Technology and Services, Mailstop E-06, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-1819.

  • Initial Therapy for TB in the Era of Multiple Drug Resistance; Mantoux Tuberculin Skin Testing (videotape). Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Attn: Information Services Office, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta GA 30333; (404)639-8135.

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. Tuberculosis. In: 1994 Red Book: Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1994:480-500.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. Update on tuberculosis skin testing of children. Pediatrics. 1996; 97(2): 282284. [PubMed]
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendation: Infectious diseases. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 15.
American Thoracic Society. Control of tuberculosis in the United States. Am Rev Respir Dis. 1992; 146: 16231633. [PubMed]
American Thoracic Society/Centers for Disease Control. Diagnostic standards and classification of tuberculosis. Am Rev Respir Dis. 1990; 142: 725735. [PubMed]
American Thoracic Society. Treatment of tuberculosis and tuberculosis infection in adults and children. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1994; 149: 13591374. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Screening and isoniazid prophylactic therapy for tuberculosis. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 62.
Centers for Disease Control. Prevention and control of tuberculosis in US communities with at-risk minority populations and prevention and control of tuberculosis among homeless persons. MMWR. 1992; 4: 123.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Screening for tuberculosis and tuberculous infection in high-risk populations: recommendations of the Advisory Committee for the Elimination of Tuberculosis. MMWR. 1995; 44(RR-11): 1934. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Guidelines for preventing the transmission of Mycobacterium tuberculosis in health care facilities, 1994. MMWR. 1994;43(RR-13).
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Essential components of a tuberculosis prevention and control program; and Screening for tuberculosis and tuberculosis infection in high-risk populations; recommendations of the Advisory Council for the Elimination of Tuberculosis. MMWR. 1995;44(RR-11).
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The role of BCG vaccine in the prevention and control of tuberculosis in the United States: a joint statement by the Advisory Council for the Elimination of Tuberculosis and the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. MMWR. 1996; 45(RR-4): 118.
Colditz GA, Brewer TF, Berkey CS, et al. Efficacy of BCG vaccine in the prevention of tuberculosis: meta-analysis of published literature. JAMA. 1994; 271: 698702. [PubMed]
Huebner RE, Schein MF, Bass JB. The tuberculin skin test. Clin Infect Dis. 1993; 17: 968975. [PubMed]
Physician's Desk Reference. Oradell, NJ: Medical Economics Company; 1993:898-899; 1689-1692.
Pust, RE. Tuberculosis in the 1990s: resurgence, regimens, and resources. South Med J. 1992; 85: 584593. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for tuberculosis infection (including BCG immunization).In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 25.
Ussery XT, Valway SE, McKenna M, Cauthen GM, McCray E, Onorato IM. Epidemiology of tuberculosis among children in the United States: 1985 to 1994. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 1996; 15: 697704. [PubMed]

10. Urinalysis

Urinalysis can detect many abnormalities in the urine, including the presence of glucose, protein, red and white blood cells, bacteria, and bacterial breakdown products. Screening the urine of asymptomatic children for the presence of red blood cells and protein is generally not productive, because the causative disorders tend to be transient and benign. Screening for glucosuria is also of questionable value, because renal thresholds for glucose spillage vary, and the interval between onset of glucosuria and onset of the symptoms of diabetes mellitus is short. Screening for indicators of occult infection, such as white blood cells and bacteria, may be beneficial as a means of promoting early treatment.

During infancy, the prevalence of asymptomatic bacteriuria is higher among boys (2.5%) than among girls (0.9%), in part because boys have structural abnormalities of the urinary tract more frequently than girls. After infancy, the prevalence of asymptomatic bacteriuria is much higher among girls (1% to 2%) than among boys (<0.1%). Asymptomatic bacteriuria develops into symptomatic urinary tract infections in fewer than 10% of cases. Urinary tract infections can lead to renal scarring and permanent renal damage. Such damage generally occurs in children before 2 to 3 years of age, when screening is difficult because of problems of specimen collection. Treatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria with antibiotics may alter the composition of body flora and lead to infection with resistant bacteria.

Asymptomatic sexually transmitted diseases, particularly infection with Chlamydia trachomatis, are common in adolescents and young adults. The prevalence of asymptomatic chlamydial urethral infection in young males ranges from 6% to 11%. These infections can be passed to female partners, resulting in pelvic inflammatory disease, ectopic pregnancy, and infertility. Recently, dipstick urinalysis has been advocated as a noninvasive initial screening technique for detecting such occult infections in sexually active young males. Such testing has moderate sensitivity and low specificity, necessitating additional follow-up testing of patients with positive results. The FDA has not approved these tests for screening for sexually transmitted diseases including C. trachomatis.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Family Physicians and US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • Routine screening of males and most females for asymptomatic bacteriuria is not recommended; there is insufficient evidence for or against routine screening of diabetic women (including children and adolescents). The Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination and the USPSTF recommend against screening for asymptomatic bacteriuria with urinalysis in infants, children, and adolescents.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • Urinalysis should be performed once at 5 years of age. Also, dipstick leukocyte esterase testing to screen for sexually transmitted diseases should be performed once in adolescence, preferably at 14 years of age.

  • American Medical Association and Bright Futures --

  • Sexually active adolescent males should be screened yearly for gonorrhea and chlamydia by urinalysis with a dipstick leukocyte esterase test.

Basics of Urinalysis

  • 1

    To obtain urine from infants and young children, apply a plastic urine bag to the perineum. This method is associated with a relatively high rate of false-positive results (up to 30%) because of contamination. Positive test results of urine obtained by bag collection should be confirmed by catheterization or suprapubic aspiration.

  • 2

    In screening children and adolescents for bacteriuria, obtain specimens using midstream "clean catch" techniques. This method permits follow-up culture testing of dipstick-positive specimens. The vulva of girls and the glans of boys should be cleansed well with a mild soap solution. Do not use antiseptic solutions because of the potential for suppressing bacterial growth in the sample. During urination, the labia of girls should be held open to avoid impinging on the flow of urine. This may be accomplished without manual holding by having the girl sit backward with legs astride a toilet seat. The foreskin of uncircumcised boys should be retracted to avoid impinging on the flow of urine.

  • 3

    The sensitivity of screening for bacteriuria may be improved by obtaining a specimen from the first void of the day, which is more concentrated and contains higher amounts of bacteria and bacterial breakdown products compared with subsequent voids. Specimen collection from later voids is acceptable and may be more practical.

  • 4

    The dipstick leukocyte esterase test is the most efficient way to screen specimens for bacteriuria. The sensitivity and specificity of both this test and the more labor-intensive microscopic analysis are roughly equivalent (approximately 80%). The nitrite test is also available on many dipsticks, but its low sensitivity, approximately 30%, makes it an inadequate screening tool if used alone. A positive nitrite test result, however, is approximately 99% specific for significant bacteriuria.

  • 5

    To screen males for sexually transmitted diseases, collect a urine sample from the first 15 to 20 mL of a void and test the unspun sample with a leukocyte esterase dipstick. Because of the poor specificity and relatively high cost of this test, as well as the potential morbidity associated with treatment, confirm positive test results with more specific techniques, such as enzyme immunoassay and/or culture. Negative results from symptomatic males should always be confirmed by enzyme immunoassay and/or culture.

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617. (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Practice and Ambulatory Medicine. Recommendations for pediatric preventive health care. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 373374. [PubMed]
American Medical Association. Guidelines for adolescent preventive services. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994:xxix-xxxviii.
Aronson MD, Phillips RS. Screening young men for Chlamydia infection. JAMA. 1993; 270: 20972098. [PubMed]
Boehm JJ, Haynes JL. Bacteriology of "midstream catch" urines. Am J Dis Child. 1966; 111: 366369. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Screening for urinary infection in asymptomatic infants and children. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 21.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. The periodic health examination 1979. Can Med Assoc J. 1979; 121: 11931254. [PubMed]
Dodge WF. Cost effectiveness of renal disease screening. Am J Dis Child. 1977; 131: 12741280. [PubMed]
Edelmann CM, Ogwo JE, Fine BP, Martinez AB. The prevalence of bacteriuria in full-term and premature newborn infants. J Pediatr. 1973; 82: 125132. [PubMed]
Genc M, Ruusuvaara, Mardh PA. An economic evaluation of screening for Chlamydia trachomatis in adolescent males. JAMA. 1993; 270: 20572064. [PubMed]
Goldsmith BM, Campos JM. Comparison of urine dipstick, microscopy, and culture for the detection of bacteriuria in children. Clin Pediatr. 1990; 29: 214218.
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Lindberg U. Asymptomatic bacteriuria in school girls: V. The clinical course and response to treatment. Acta Paediatr Scand. 1975; 64: 718724. [PubMed]
Lohr JA, Donowitz LG, Dudley SM. Bacterial contamination rates for non-clean-catch and clean-catch midstream urine collections in boys. J Pediatr. 1986; 109: 659660. [PubMed]
Lohr JA, Donowitz LG, Dudley SM. Bacterial contamination rates in voided urine collections in girls. J Pediatr. 1989; 114: 9193. [PubMed]
Kemper KJ, Avner ED. The case against screening urinalyses for asymptomatic bacteriuria in children. Am J Dis Child. 1992; 146: 343346. [PubMed]
Kunin CM. Detection, Prevention and Management of Urinary Tract Infections.4th ed. Philadelphia, Pa: Lea & Febiger, 1987.
Mitchell N, Stapleton FB. Routine admission urinalysis examination in pediatric patients: a poor value. Pediatrics. 1990; 86: 345349. [PubMed]
Quinn C, Gaydos C, Shepherd M, Bobo L, et al. Epidemiologic and microbiologic correlates of Chlamydia trachomatis infection in sexual partnerships. JAMA. 1996; 276: 17271742.
Schlager TA, Dunn ML, Dudley SM, Lohr JA. Bacterial contamination rate of urine collected in a urine bag from healthy non-toilet-trained male infants. J Pediatr. 1990; 116: 738739. [PubMed]
Shafer M, Schachter J, Moncada J, et al. Evaluation of urine-based screening strategies to detect Chlamydia trachomatis among sexually active asymptomatic young males. JAMA. 1993; 270: 20652070. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for asymptomatic bacteriuria.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 31.
Zhanel GG, Harding GKM, Guay DRP. Asymptomatic bacteriuria. Which patients should be treated? Arch Intern Med. 1990; 150: 13891396. [PubMed]

11. Vision

Refractive errors are the most common vision disorders in children, occurring in 20% of children by age 16years. Amblyopia ("lazy eye") develops in 2% to 5% of children, and the risk of developing this disorder is greatest during the first 2 to 3 years of life. The potential for its development exists, however, until visual development is complete at 9 years of age. Untreated amblyopia may result in irreversible visual deficits. Strabismus,one of the primary causes of amblyopia, occurs in 2% of children. Other eye diseases occurring during infancy and childhood include cataracts (1 per 1000 live births), congenital glaucoma (1 per 10,000 live births), and retinoblastoma (1 per 20,000 live births).

Through careful history, examination, vision testing, and appropriate referral, amblyopia and other ophthalmologic disorders can be detected and visual impairment can be lessened or averted. Early detection and prompt intervention are essential.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Normal-Risk Children

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Children should be screened for amblyopia and strabismus at 3 to 4 years of age.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Visual acuity testing should first be performed at 3 years of age. If the child is uncooperative, retesting should occur 6 months later. Subsequent testing should occur at 4, 5, 10, 12, 15, and 18 years of age. Subjective assessment by history should occur at visits at all other ages. All infants should be examined by 6 months of age to evaluate fixation preference, alignment, and presence of any eye disease. Children should again be medically evaluated for these problems by 3 to 4 years of age.

Table 11.1. Eye and Vision Examination Recommendations for Primary Care Clinicians
AgeScreening MethodIndicators Requiring Further Evaluation
Newborn to 3 months oldRed reflexAbnormal or asymmetric
Corneal light reflexAsymmetric
InspectionStructural abnormality
6 months to 1 year oldRed reflexAbnormal or asymmetric
Corneal light reflexAsymmetric
Differential occlusionFailure to object equally to covering each eye
Fix and follow with each eyeFailure to fix and follow
InspectionStructural abnormality
3 years old (approximately)Visual acuity* 20/50 or worse or difference of 2 lines between eyes
Red reflexAbnormal or asymmetric
Corneal light reflex/cover-uncoverAsymmetric/ocular refixation movements
Stereoacuity** Failure to appreciate random dot or Titmus stereogram
InspectionStructural abnormality
5 years old (approximately)Visual acuity* 20/30 or worse
Red reflexAbnormal or asymmetric
Corneal light reflex/cover-uncoverAsymmetric/ocular refixation movements
Stereoacuity** Failure to appreciate random dot or Titmus stereogram
InspectionStructural abnormality

*Allen figures, HOTV, Tumbling E, or Snellen

**Optional, sometimes advocated in lieu of visual acuity; Random Dot E game (RDE), Titmus stereograms, Randot stereograms

From: American Academy of Ophthalmology, Quality of Care Committee, Pediatric Ophthalmology Panel. Comprehensive Pediatric Eye Evaluation. San Francisco, Calif. American Academy of Ophthalmology; 1992. Reproduced by permission of the publisher; copyright 1992.

  • American Academy of Ophthalmology (AAO), American Association for Pediatric Ophthalmology and Strabismus (AAPOS), and American Optometric Association (AOA) --

  • Eye and vision screening should be performed at birth and at approximately 6 months, 3 years, and 5 years of age. AAO has published recommendations regarding screening methods and indications for referral to be used by primary care clinicians in screening preschool children (Table 11.1). AAO and AAPOS recommend that screening after 5 years of age be carried out at routine school checks or after the appearance of symptoms. AOA recommends optometric examinations every 2 years throughout school years.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • Repeat examination of the eyes for strabismus is recommended during well-baby visits, especially during the first 6 months of life. There is fair evidence to include testing of visual acuity in the periodic health examination of preschool children.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • All children should have testing for amblyopia and strabismus once before entering school, preferably at 3 to 4 years of age. Stereoacuity testing may be more effective than visual acuity testing in detecting these conditions. There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against routine screening for diminished visual acuity among asymptomatic school children. Recommendations against such screening can be made on other grounds, including the inconvenience and cost of routine screening and the fact that refractive errors can be readily corrected when they produce symptoms. Clinicians should be alert for signs of ocular misalignment when examining all newborns, infants, and children.

High-Risk Children

  • American Academy of Ophthalmology --

  • Asymptomatic children should have a comprehensive examination by an ophthalmologist if they are at high risk because of health and developmental problems that make screening by the primary care clinician difficult or inaccurate (eg, retinopathy of prematurity or diagnostic evaluation of a complex disease with ophthalmic manifestations); a family history of conditions that cause or are associated with eye or vision problems (eg, retinoblastoma, significant hyperopia, strabismus [particularly accommodative esotropia], amblyopia, congenital cataract, or glaucoma); multiple health problems, systemic disease, or use of medications that are known to be associated with eye disease and vision abnormalities (eg, neurodegenerative disease, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, systemic steroid therapy, systemic syndromes with ocular manifestations, or developmental delay with visual system manifestations).

  • American Optometric Association --

  • The primary care clinician should remain alert for visual/ocular abnormalities associated with the following high-risk groups: infants who are premature, with low birth weight, or whose mothers have had rubella, venereal disease, AIDS-related infection or a history of substance abuse or other medical problems during pregnancy, and children failing to progress educationally or exhibiting reading and/or learning disabilities. The presence of high refractive error or a family history of eye disease, crossed eyes, or congenital eye disorders also places infants and children at risk. Infants at risk should be examined by a doctor of optometry by 6 months of age. Children at risk should be examined at 3 years of age and annually beginning at 6 years of age. All infants and children may be referred to an optometrist for a comprehensive eye and/or vision examination.

Basics of Vision Screening

1. History

When screening for present or potential visual disorders, consider the following factors:

  • Family history of vision or eye problems

  • History of maternal, intrapartum, or neonatal conditions that may place the child at high risk for visual disorders (See High-Risk Children)

  • Parental concerns about a child's visual functioning

  • Worsening grades and other school difficulties

2. Physical Examination

A comprehensive examination of the eye includes the lids, lashes, tear ducts, orbit, conjunctiva, sclera, cornea, iris, pupillary responsiveness, range of motion, anterior chamber, lens, vitreous, retina, and optic nerve and vessels. Gaining the cooperation of a young child with an ophthalmoscopic examination can be difficult. It may be helpful to demonstrate the examination procedure on the parent beforehand and to have the child sit on the parent's lap.

3. Testing Procedures
Red Reflex

Perform this exam with an ophthalmoscope or other light source. In a darkened room, hold the light source at arm's length from the infant, and draw the infant's attention to look directly at the light. Both retinal reflexes should be red or red-orange and of equal intensity.

Corneal Light Reflex

To detect strabismus, perform this test with an ophthalmoscope or other light source. Corneal light reflections should fall symmetrically on corresponding points of the patient's eyes. Improper alignment will appear as asymmetry of reflections.

Differential Occlusion

Gently cover the infant's eyes, one at a time. Aversion to the occlusion is normal. This test may give a false-positive result and is generally less accurate than the corneal light reflex test for detecting strabismus.

Fixation

Hold a light or a small object in front of the infant. Normal eyes will be aligned in the same direction, without deviation.

Cover/Uncover

Have the child focus on a stationary target. Place a hand or cover in front of one eye, and observe the other eye. Movement of the observed eye is abnormal and demonstrates the presence of strabismus. As the covered eye is uncovered, observe it for movement. Movement is abnormal and indicates the presence of heterophoria.

Stereo testing

To detect stereopsis (binocular depth perception), use a stereo testing technique, such as the Random Dot E stereogram. While wearing polarized glasses, the child views test cards that contain fields of random dots. If stereopsis is present, the child will see a form stand out from the background of the cards.

Visual Acuity

Several eye charts are available to test visual acuity in children. In order of decreasing cognitive difficulty, these are: Snellen Letters, Snellen Numbers, Tumbling E, HOTV, Allen Figures, and LH (Leah Hyvarinen) Test. Use the test with the highest level of difficulty that the child is capable of performing. In general, the Snellen tests are too advanced for preschool-aged children. Test for visual acuity at 10, 15, or 20 feet using the appropriate chart. Using a distance of 10 feet for young children may result in better compliance because of closer interaction with the examiner. To ensure that a young child does not "peek" with the eye not being tested, hold the occluder for the child or use an adhesive occluder. Give a passing score for each line on which the child gives more than 50% correct responses. Recommended criteria for referral to an ophthalmologist or optometrist vary slightly. In general, refer any child with a difference between eye scores of two or more lines; children younger than age 5 years who score 20/40 or worse in either eye; and children aged 5 years or older who score 20/30 or worse in either eye.

4. Safety Counseling

Counsel parents and children about eye safety and the appropriate use of protective equipment. Children who participate in school shop or science labs or in certain sports (ie, racquetball, squash) should wear safety lenses and safety frames approved by the American National Standards Institute. Children with good vision in only one eye should wear safety lenses and safety frames to protect the good eye, even if they do not otherwise need to wear glasses.

Patient Resources

  • Amblyopia: Is it Affecting Your Child's Sight?;Cataracts in Children: Eye Safety and Children; Eyeglasses for Infants and Children; Home Eye Test for Strabismus. American Academy of Ophthalmology, PO Box 7424, San Francisco, CA 94120. Send a business-size, self-addressed, stamped envelop with your request.

  • Your Child's Eyes. American Academy of Pediatrics, 141 Northwest Point Blvd, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Answers to Your Questions About: Lazy Eye, Nearsightedness, Astigmatism, Eye Coordination, Color Deficiency, Crossed-Eyes; Signs of a Child's Vision Problems; Toys, Games and Your Child's Vision; Your Child's Eyes; Your Preschool Child's Eyes; Your School-Aged Child's Eyes. American Optometric Association, 243 N Lindbergh Blvd, St.Louis, MO 63141; (314)991-4100. Internet address: http://www.aoanet.org/

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

  • Policy Statement: Frequency of Ocular Examinations; National Eyecare Project (for those who do not have an eye doctor); Glaucoma 2001 Project (for people at risk for glaucoma). American Academy of Ophthalmology, PO Box 7424, San Francisco, CA 94120. Send a business-size, self-addressed, stamped envelope with your request.

  • Pediatric Eye and Vision Examination, Care of the Patient with Amblyopia, and other clinical practice guidelines. American Optometric Association, 243 N Lindbergh Blvd, St. Louis, MO 63141; (800)262-2210. Internet address: http://www.aoanet.org/

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Sumary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Ophthalmology. Infant and Children's Vision Screening: Policy Statement. San Francisco, Calif: American Academy of Ophthalmology; 1991.
American Academy of Ophthalmology, Quality of Care Committee, Pediatric Ophthalmology Panel. Comprehensive Pediatric Eye Evaluation. San Francisco, Calif: American Academy of Ophthalmology; 1992.
American Optometric Association. Guidelines for Preventive Eye Care. St. Louis, Mo: American Optometric Associaiton; 1993.
American Optometric Association. Pediatric Eye and Vision Examination. St. Louis, Mo: American Optometric Association; 1994.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Practice and Ambulatory Medicine. Recommendations for pediatric preventive health care. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 373374. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. The periodic health examination. Can Med Assoc J. 1979; 121: 11941254.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Periodic health examination: 2; 1989 update. Can Med Assoc J. 1989; 141: 424.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Routine preschool screening for visual and hearing problems. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 27.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Well baby care in the first 2 years of life. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 24.
Gaynon MW. Retinopathy of prematurity. Pediatrician. 1990; 17: 127133. [PubMed]
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Hope C. Random dot stereogram E in vision screening of children. Austr N Zea J Ophthalmol. 1990; 18: 319324.
Romano PE. Advances in vision and eye screening: screening at six months of age. Pediatrician. 1990; 17: 134141. [PubMed]
Romano PE. Vision/eye screening: Test twice and refer once. Pediatr Annals. 1990; 19: 359367.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for visual impairment.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services, 1996: chap 33.

Children and Adolescents—Immunization/Prophylaxis

12. Diphtheria, Tetanus and Pertussis

Diphtheria is an acute infectious disease caused by Corynebacterium diphtheriae. It is characterized by a local inflammatory lesion, usually in the respiratory tract, and a toxic reaction that primarily affects the heart valves and peripheral nerves. Diphtheria is a rare occurrence in the United States. During the past decade, only 0 to 5 cases of diphtheria were reported each year.

Tetanus (lockjaw) is an acute and often fatal disease caused by an exotoxin produced in a wound by Clostridium tetani. Approximately 50 cases of tetanus are reported each year in the United States.

Pertussis (whooping cough) is an acute respiratory infection caused by Bordetella pertussis. Prior to the availability of a vaccine, more than 100,000 cases of pertussis were reported annually in the United States. In 1995, 5137 cases of pertussis were reported; 36% of these cases occurred in children under 1 year of age.

Diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis are currently designated as infectious diseases notifiable at the national level. Refer to Appendix C for further information on nationally notifiable diseases.

See chapter 52 for information on tetanus and diphtheria immunization and prophylaxis in adults.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • Most major authorities, including Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, American Academy of Family Physicians, American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Preventive Medicine, Bright Futures, and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • All children should receive immunization against diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis: 5 doses total by their seventh birthday (3 doses of primary series at 2, 4 and 6 months of age and 2 doses of booster vaccine at 15 to 18 months and 4 to 6 years of age). All US authorities recommend that a booster dose of Td (tetanus-diphtheria toxoid for adult use) be given at 11 to 16 years of age.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • All children should receive immunization against diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis at 2, 4, 6 and 18 months.

Basics of Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis Immunization

1. Vaccine Types

Diphtheria, tetanus, acellular pertussis (DTaP)/diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis (DTP):

  • There are two types of diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis vaccines: DTaP and whole-cell DTP. DTaP, in which the pertussis portion of the vaccine is acellular, has fewer side effects and is preferred for all five vaccinations in the series. However, during the period of transition from use of DTP to DTaP, whole-cell DTP is an acceptable alternative to DTaP. Three acellular pertussis vaccines are currently licensed for administration to infants: Tripedia®, Connaught Laboratories; ACEL-IMUNE®, Wyeth-Lederle Pediatric Vaccines; and Infanrix®, SmithKline Beecham. Four whole-cell vaccines are currently licensed for administration to infants. They are produced by: Lederle, Connaught Laboratories, Massachusetts Public Health Biologic Laboratories, and Michigan Biologic Products.

Combined vaccines:

  • A combined whole-cell DTP and Haemophilus influenzae type b (DTP-HbOC) vaccine (TETRAMUNE®, Lederle) has been licensed for the first four doses of the childhood vaccination series to prevent diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis, and H. influenzae type b (Hib).

  • The Food and Drug Administration has approved reconstituting H. influenzae type b conjugate vaccine (ActHIB®, Connaught Laboratories, or OmniHIB®, SmithKline Beecham) with the DTP vaccine produced by Connaught Laboratories for the first four doses of the diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis series. The DTaP vaccine Tripedia® produced by Connaught Laboratories can be reconstituted with either ActHIB®, Connaught Laboratories, or OmniHIB®, SmithKline Beecham, and administered for the fourth dose.

Tetanus toxoid:

  • There are two forms of tetanus toxoid: adsorbed and fluid. Tetanus toxoid adsorbed contains aluminum, which enhances the immune response and, for this reason, is the preferred form. Tetanus toxoid fluid vaccine can be used as an alternative in cases where there is a known hypersensitivity to aluminum, which is found in the adsorbed type. Generally, the tetanus toxoid in vaccinations such as DTP, DTaP, DT, and Td are adsorbed. Check the Physician's Desk Reference for further information.

2. Schedule

Table 12.1. Schedule for Diphtheria, Tetanus, Pertussis Vaccination
DoseAgeNotes
Dose 1 a2 monthsAdminister first 3 doses a minimum of 4 weeks apart.
Dose 24 months
Dose 36 months
Dose 4 b15 - 18 monthsAdminister dose 4 at least 6 months after the third dose.
Dose 5 c4-6 years



a May be given as early as 6 weeks of age



b If the interval between the third and fourth doses is greater than 6 months and the child is not likely to return for a visit at the recommended age, the fourth dose of either DTaP or DTP may be administered as early as 12 months of age.



c Fifth vaccination is not necessary if the fourth vaccination was given when the child was 4 years of age or older.

The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), the American Academy of Pediatrics, and the American Academy of Family Physicians currently recommend the following schedule for diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis vaccination (Table 12.1):

3. Dose and Administration

The recommended dose of DTaP, DTP, DTP-HbOC, DT, Td, and the single-antigen adsorbed preparations is 0.5 mL, given intramuscularly.

For infants younger than 12 months of age: The preferred site is the anterolateral thigh. Bunch the thigh muscle, using the free hand, and inject the needle (22- to 25-gauge, 7/8" to 1" in length) inferiorly at an angle to reach the muscle but avoid contact with neurovascular structures or bone. DTaP or DTP may be given simultaneously with other childhood vaccinations, but avoid giving other vaccinations in the same limb with DTaP or DTP.

For toddlers and older children: Vaccination may be given in the deltoid (if muscle mass appears adequate) using a 22- to 25-gauge needle that is 5/8" to 1-1/4" in length. DTaP or DTP may be given simultaneously with other childhood vaccinations, but avoid giving other vaccinations in the same limb with DTaP or DTP.

4. Contraindications/Precautions

Table B.3. Contraindications and Precautions for Childhood Immunizations *
True ContraindicationsNOT Contraindications
and Precautions(vaccines may be given)
Anaphylactic reaction to a vaccine contraindicates further doses of that vaccine Anaphylactic reaction to a vaccine constituent contraindicates the use of vaccines containing that substanceModerate or severe illness with or without fever Mild to moderate local reaction (soreness, redness, swelling) following a dose of an injectable antigen Mild acute illness with or without low-grade fever Current antimicrobial therapy Convalescent phase of illnesses Prematurity (same dosage and indications as for normal, full-term infants) Recent exposure to an infectious disease History of penicillin or other nonspecific allergies or fact that relatives have such allergies

* This information is based on the recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) and those of the Committee on Infectious Diseases (Red Book Committee) of the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP). These recommendations may vary from those contained in the manufacturers' package inserts.

From: National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, Ga: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 1993.

Table 12.2. Contraindications for Administration of DTP and DTaP Vaccines
True ContraindicationsNOT Contraindications (vaccines may be given)
History of anaphylaxis or anaphylactic shock within 24 hours Temperature <40.5°C (104.9°F) following a previous dose of DTaP/DTP
Encephalopathy within 7 days of administration of previous dose of DTP/DTaPPersonal or family history of convulsions **
Family history of sudden infant death syndrome
Family history of an adverse event following DTP/DTaP administration
Precautions
Fever > 40.5°C (104.9°F) within 48 hours after vaccination with a previous dose of DTP/DTaP *
Collapse or shock-like state (hypotonic-hyporesponsive episode) within 48 hours of receiving a previous dose of DTP/DTaP *
Seizures within 3 days of receiving a previous dose of DTP/DTaP *
Persistent, inconsolable crying lasting 3 hours within 48 hours of receiving a previous dose of DTP/DTaP *

* Precautions should be carefully reviewed. The benefits and risks of administering a specific vaccine to a child under the circumstances should be considered. If the risks are believed to outweigh the benefits, withhold immunization; if the benefits are believed to outweigh the risks (eg, during an outbreak or foreign travel), administer vaccine.

** Pertussis vaccination is not a contraindication for children with a family history of seizures. The ACIP recommends that DTaP should be the vaccine of choice, when pertussis vaccination is considered for children with personal history of seizures. Infants with evolving neurologic conditions should not be vaccinated until a treatment regimen has been established and the condition has stabilized.

Adapted from: National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, Ga: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 1993.

There are few, true contraindications to administering vaccinations. See Appendix B, Table B.3 for a listing of valid contraindications. Table 12.2 lists contraindications specific to DTaP/DTP vaccination.
  • Pertussis vaccine is contraindicated in children over 7 years of age.

  • Because of the high diphtheria toxoid content of DT, it is not recommended for use in children over the age of 7; vaccinate children over 7 years of age with Td.

5. Adverse Reactions

Local side effects, including redness, swelling, or pain, along with mild systemic reactions (fever less than 40.5°C [104.9°F], drowsiness, fretfulness, vomiting, or anorexia) can commonly occur. These side effects occur much less frequently with the acellular DTaP vaccine than with the DTP vaccine. Acetaminophen or ibuprofen given at the time of DTP vaccination and every 4 hours for the next 24 hours may help prevent or relieve minor side effects (eg, fever, pain).

Moderate to severe systemic events include the following: fever of 40.5°C (104.9°F) within 48 hours; persistent inconsolable crying for 3 hours or more; an unusual, high-pitched cry within 48 hours; collapse or shock-like state (hypotonic-hyporesponsive episode) within 48 hours; and convulsions with or without fever occurring within 72 hours of vaccination. These side effects are rare following DTP vaccination and are very rare following DTaP vaccination.

Severe adverse events are very rare following DTP vaccination and are expected to be extremely rare following DTaP. These reactions include anaphylaxis (severe allergic hypersensitivity) and acute encephalopathy.

Table B.4. National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act: Reporting and Compensation Tables 1
VaccineAdverse EventInterval from Vaccination to Onset of Event
For Reporting 2For Compensation3, 4
I. Tetanus toxoid-containing vaccines (DTaP, DTP, DT, Td, TT)A. Anaphylaxis or anaphylactic shock0-7 days0-4 hours
B. Brachial neuritis0-28 days2-28 days
C. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventsNo limitNo limit
D. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindictions to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
II. Pertussis antigen-containing vaccines (DTaP, DTP, P, DTP-Hib)A. Anaphylaxis or anaphylactic shock0-7 days0-4 hours
B. Encephalopathy (or encephalitis)0-7 days0-72 hours
C. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventsNo limitNo limit
D. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindictions to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
III. Measles, mumps and rubella virus-containing vaccines in any combination (MMR, MR, M, R)A. Anaphylaxis or anaphylactic shock0-7 days0-4 hours
B. Encephalopathy (or encephalitis)0-15 days5-15 days
C. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventsNo limitNo limit
D. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindictions to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
IV. Rubella virus-containing vaccines (MMR, MR, R)A. Chronic arthritis0-42 days7-42 days
B. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventNo limitNo limit
C. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
V. Measles virus-containing vaccines (MMR, MR, M)A. Thrombocytopenic purpura0-30 days7-30 days
B. Vaccine-Strain Measles Viral Infection in an immunodeficient recipient0-6 months0-6 months
C. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventsNo limitNo limit
D. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
VI. Polio live virus-containing vaccines (OPV)A. Paralytic Polio
-in a non-immunodeficient recipient0-30 days0-30 days
-in an immunodeficient recipient0-6 months0-6 months
-in a vaccine assoc. community caseNo limitNo limit
B. Vaccine-Strain Polio Viral Infection
-in a non-immunodeficient recipient0-30 days30 days
-in an immunodeficient recipient0-6 months0-6 months
-in a vaccine assoc. community caseNo limitNo limit
C. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventsNo limitNo limit
D. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
VII. Polio inactivated-virus containing vaccines (IPV)A. Anaphylaxis or anaphylactic shock0-7 days0-4 hours
B. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventNo limitNo limit
C. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
VIII. Hepatitis B antigen-containing vaccines 5A. Anaphylaxis or anaphylactic shock0-7 days0-4 hours
B. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventNo limitNo limit
C. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
IX. Hemophilus influenzae type b polysaccharide vaccines (unconjugated, PRP vaccines) 5A. Early-onset Hib disease0-7 days0-7 days
B. Any acute complication or sequela (including death) of above eventNo limitNo limit
C. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
X. Hemophilus influenzae tyep b polysaccharide conjugate vaccines 5A. No Condition Specified for CompensationNot applicableNot applicable
B. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
XI. Varicella virus-containing vaccines 5A. No Condition Specified for CompensationNot applicableNot applicable
B. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable
XII. Any new vaccine recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for routine administration to children, after publication by the Secretary of a notice of coverage.A. No Condition Specified for CompensationNot applicableNot applicable
B. Events described in manufacturer's package insert as contraindications to additional doses of vaccineNo limitNot applicable

1. Effective date: March 24, 1997

2. Taken from the Reportable Events Table (RET), which lists conditions reportable by law (42 USC 300aa-25) to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), including conditions found in the manufacturers package insert.

3. Taken from the Vaccine Injury Table (VIT) used in adjudication of claims filed with the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program.

4. Claims may also be filed for a condition with onset outside the designated time intervals or a condition not included in the Table.

5. The effective date of coverage is August 6, 1997.

All adverse side effects should be reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). Refer to Table B.4 for a detailed listing of adverse events. VAERS forms and instructions are available in the FDA Drug Bulletin (Food and Drug Administration) and the Physician's Desk Reference or by calling the 24-hour VAERS information recording, (800)822-7967. Refer to Appendix B for details.

6. Special Cases

If pertussis vaccine is contraindicated in a child younger than age 7 years for reasons other than acute anaphylaxis, replace DTaP or DTP with DT in the immunization schedule.

If a nonimmunized child is 7 years of age or older, administer three doses of Td. Give the second dose 4 to 8 weeks after the first, and administer the third dose 6 to 12 months after the second dose.

If at least 5 years have elapsed since the last dose of DTaP, DTP, DTP-HbOC, or DT, give a booster immunization with Td at 11 to 16 years of age.

7. Patient Education

The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act requires health care providers to provide the following information to (parents of) patients prior to administering DTP/DTaP: (1) a concise description of the benefits of the vaccine, (2) a concise description of the risks associated with the vaccine, and (3) notice of the availability of the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program.

The US Department of Health and Human Services has developed a pamphlet for this purpose (See Patient Resources). Other patient educational materials may be used if they provide the information required by the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act. For additional information about this requirement, contact the Training Coordinator, National Immunization Program, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (404)639-8226.

8. Vaccine Storage and Handling

Store vaccine at 2 to 8°C (36 to 46°F); do not freeze. Do not use vaccine that has been frozen. Handle all vaccine preparations according to manufacturers' instructions.

Basics of Tetanus Prophylaxis

1. Indications

Table 12.3. Summary Guide to Tetanus Prophylaxis in Routine Wound Management
Number of previous tetanus vaccinationsClean, minor woundsAll other wounds 1
Give Td 2Give TIGGive Td 2Give TIG
Unknown, uncertain or fewer than 3YesNoYesYes
3 or more 3No 4NoNo 5No

1. Such as, but not limited to: wounds contaminated with dirt, feces, and saliva; puncture wounds; avulsions; and wounds resulting from missiles, crushing, burns, and frostbite

2. For children < 7 years of age DTaP or DTP (DT if pertussis vaccine is contraindicated) is preferred to tetanus toxoid alone. For persons > 7 years of age, Td (tetanus-diphtheria toxoid for adult use) is preferred to tetanus toxoid alone.

3. If only 3 doses of fluid toxoid have been received, then a fourth dose of toxoid, preferably an adsorbed toxoid should be given.

4. Administer a booster if more than 10 years have elapsed since the last dose.

5. Administer a booster if more than 5 years have elapsed since the last dose. More frequent boosters are not needed and can accentuate side effects.

Adapted from: Centers for Disease Control. Diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis: Recommendations for vaccine use and other preventive measures. MMWR. 1991;40(RR-10):1-28.

Patients who may have been exposed to tetanus because of wounds may need prophylaxis via immediate passive immunization with tetanus immune globulin (TIG), active immunization with tetanus toxoid (preferably Td), or both. See Table 12.3 for guidelines on passive and active immunization according to the nature of the wound and the patient's immunization status.

2. Dose and Administration

The recommended dose of TIG is 250 units. This should be given intramuscularly in a different site and with a different syringe than that used for concurrent administration of DTP, DTaP, or Td.

The recommended dose of Td is 0.5 mL. This should be given intramuscularly, in a different site and with a different syringe than that used for concurrent administration of TIG.

3. Adverse Reactions

The side effects of TIG are relatively minor (site soreness and mild temperature elevation), but a few cases of more serious side effects (anaphylaxis, angioneurotic edema, nephrotic syndrome) have been reported.

Patient Resources

  • Childhood Vaccines: What They Are and Why Your Child Needs Them. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000. Internet address: http://www.aafp.org

  • Vaccine Information Statement -- Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis: What you need To know before your child gets the vaccines, #I1923; Tetanus and Diphtheria Vaccine: What you need to know before you or your child gets the vaccine, #I1733. US Department of Health and Human Services. This information is available from the National Immunization Program, Information/Distribution Center, MS E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225. Fax (404)639-8828. Other sources of this information are state and local health departments or the American Academy of Pediatrics, Division of Publications, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016.

  • Protecting Your Child Against Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis; Immunization Protects Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, Division of Publications, 141 Northwest Point Blvd, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Parents Guide to Childhoood Immunization, #00-590. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, MS E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225. Fax (404)629-8828.

Provider Resources

  • Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis: Recommendations for Vaccine Use and Other Preventive Measures, #I1413; Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule, #I1743; Six Common Misconceptions about Vaccination and How to Respond to Them, #00-6561; Guide to Contraindications in Childhood Vaccines, #00-6562. These documents are available from the National Immunization Program, MS E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225. Fax (404)639-8828.

  • Immunization Protects Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, Division of Publications, 141 Northwest Point Blvd, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Immunization Action Coalition. Internet address: http://www.immunize.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. Acellular pertussis vaccine: Recommendations for use as the fourth and fifth doses. Pediatrics. 1992; 90: 121123. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. Acellular Pertussis Vaccine: Recommendations for use as the initial series in infants and children. Pediatrics. 1997; 98(2): 282288.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. Haemophilus influenzae type b conjugate vaccines: Recommendations for immunization with recently and previously licensed vaccines. AAP News. 1993; 9: 1719.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on InfectiousDisease. 1991 Report. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1991.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Childhood immunizations. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 24.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. FDA approval of use of a new Haemophilus b conjugate vaccine and a combined diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis and Haemophilus b conjugate vaccine for infants and children. MMWR. 1993; 42: 296298. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule—United States, 1997. MMWR. 1997; 46: 3540. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Summary of notifiable diseases, United States, 1989. MMWR. 1990; 38: 5159.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Pertussis vaccination: use of acellular pertussis vaccines among infants and young children—recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1997; 46(No.RR-7): 125.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. CDC Surveillance Summaries, February 21, 1997. MMWR. 1997;46(No.SS-2).
Centers for Disease Control. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System—United States. MMWR. 1990; 39: 730733. [PubMed]
Edwards KM, Karzon DT. Pertussis vaccines. Pediatr Clin North Am. 1990; 37: 549563. [PubMed]
Farizo KM, Cochi SL, Zell ER, Brink EW, Wassilak SG, Patriarca PA. Epidemiological features of pertussis in the United States, 1980-89. Clin Infect Dis. 1992; 14: 708719. [PubMed]
Gergen PJ, McQuillan GM, Kiely M, Ezzati-Rice TM, Sutter RW, Virella G. A population-based serologic survey of immunity to tetanus in the United States. N Engl J Med. 1995; 332:761-766.
Isselbacher KJ, Braunwald E, Wilson JD, et al. Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, Companion Handbook.13th ed. New York: MacGraw-Hill, 1995.
McAuliffe JSM, Wadland WC. Pertussis vaccination. Am Fam Physician. 1988; 37(3): 231235.
National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, Ga: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 1993.
Patel R, Kinsinger L. Childhood immunizations: American College of Preventive Medicine Practice Policy Statement. Am J Prev Med. 1997; 13(2): 7477. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Childhood immunizations.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 65.

13. Haemophilus Influenzae Type B

Before the introduction of Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib) conjugate vaccines, Hib was the leading cause of bacterial meningitis in children younger than age 5 years and one of the leading causes of invasive bacterial disease (such as pneumonia, epiglottitis, septic arthritis, and cellulitis) in this age group. Even with the use of antibiotics, mortality from meningitis was approximately 5%. Among meningitis survivors, 15% to 30% had permanent neurologic sequelae. The peak incidence of Hib invasive disease occurred in children aged 6 to 12 months; 75% of all illness occurred in children younger than 24 months of age.

Risk factors for Hib invasive disease included attendance at day care centers, exposure to a family member of elementary school age, asplenia, sickle cell disease, and antibody-deficiency syndromes. In 1990, Hib conjugate vaccines were introduced and recommended as a primary series in infants. These vaccines have high efficacy (over 90%) for preventing Hib invasive disease, and since their introduction, a significant decline in the incidence of invasive disease has been documented. The efficacy of Hib vaccination in older children with chronic conditions associated with increased risk of Hib disease has not been studied. Studies suggest, however, good immunogenicity in patients with sickle cell disease, leukemia, splenectomy, and HIV infection.

Under certain circumstances, rifampin is used prophylactically to prevent the transmission of Hib (See Recommendations of Major Authorities). Rifampin prophylaxis eradicates Hib carriage in at least 95% of the contacts of persons with primary disease and reduces the risk of secondary invasive disease in exposed household contacts. The efficacy of rifampin prophylaxis in day care settings is not well defined.

H. influenzae type b (invasive disease only) is currently designated as an infectious disease notifiable at the national level. Refer to Appendix C for further information on nationally notifiable diseases.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Immunization

  • Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, American Academy of Family Physicians, American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Preventive Medicine, Bright Futures, and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Allchildren should receive a primary series of one of the conjugate vaccines licensed for infant usebeginning at 2 months of age. See below for details and schedule.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • Recommends immunization with Hib conjugate vaccine at 2, 4, 6, and 18 months of age.

Prophylaxis

  • Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices and American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • Rifampin prophylaxis is indicated for all household contacts of a person with Hib invasive disease if the household contains at least one child younger than 12 months old (regardless of immunization status). Prophylaxis is also indicated for all household contacts of a person with Hib invasive disease if the household contains children younger than 4 years of age who are not fully vaccinated against Hib disease. A household contact is defined as an individual residing with the patient, or a nonresident who spent 4 hours or more with the patient for at least 5 of the 7 days preceding the day of hospital admission of the patient. A child is considered fully immunized following (a) at least one dose of conjugate vaccine at 15 months of age or older, or (b) two doses of conjugate vaccine at 12 to 14 months of age, or (c) two or more doses of conjugate vaccine at less than 12 months of age, followed by a booster dose at 12 months of age or later.

Basics of H. influenzae Type b Immunization

1. Vaccine Types
Conjugate Vaccines

  • Four types of conjugate vaccines currently are licensed for use in the United States: HbOC (HibTITER®, Lederle-Praxis), PRP-OMP (PedvaxHIB®, Merck, Inc.), PRP-D (ProHIBIT®, Connaught Laboratories), and PRP-T (ActHIB®, Connaught Laboratories and OmniHIB®, Smith Kline Beecham). PRP-D is not licensed for use in primary immunization of children younger than 15 months of age; it may, however, be used as a booster dose beginning at 12 months of age. Ideally, use the same type of conjugate vaccine throughout the entire primary vaccination series. To facilitate this, note the vaccine type on the parent-held record and in the patient chart. Ifthe type of vaccine used for previous immunization is not known, ensure that the 2- to 6-month-old patient receives a total of at least three doses of conjugate vaccine. Any type of conjugate Hib vaccine can be used for booster doses.

Combined Vaccines

  • A combined whole-cell DTP and Hib (HbOC) vaccine (TETRAMUNE®, Lederle-Praxis) is licensed for use in children aged 2 months to 5 years when indications for vaccination with DTP vaccine and Hib conjugate vaccine coincide.

  • The Food and Drug Administration has approved reconstituting the following H. influenzae type b conjugate vaccines: ActHIB® (Connaught Laboratories) or OmniHIB® (Smith Kline Beecham) with DTP vaccine (Connaught Laboratories) for use in the first four doses of the DTP series. Similarly, DTaP (Tripedia®, Connaught Laboratories) can be combined with either ActHIB® or OmniHIB® for the fourth dose in children who previously received three doses of DTP and three doses of Hib vaccine.

  • When both Hib and Hepatitis B vaccines are indicated, Comvax TM (Merck, Inc.), composed of the antigenic components used in PedvaxHIB® (Merck, Inc.), and RECOMBIVAX HB® (Merck, Inc.) can be used.

2. Schedule

The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the American Academy of Pediatrics, and the American Academy of Family Physicians currently recommend the following schedule for H. influenzae type b (Hib) vaccination:

3. Dose and Administration

The recommended dose of Hib vaccines (including DTP-HbOC) is 0.5 mL, given intramuscularly.

For infants younger than 12 months of age, the preferred site is the anterolateral thigh (although the deltoid may beused if necessary). Bunch the thigh muscle, using the free hand, and direct the needle (22- to 25-gauge, 7/8" to 1" in length) inferiorly at an angle to reach the muscle but avoid contact with neurovascular structures or bone.

For toddlers and older children, vaccination may be given in the deltoid (if muscle mass appears adequate), using a 22- to 25-gauge needle that is 5/8" to 1-1/4" in length.

NOTE: Hib vaccines and Hib combination vaccines may be given simultaneously with other childhood vaccinations but must be administered at different sites.

4. Contraindications/Precautions

There are few, true contraindications to administering vaccinations. See Appendix B, Table B.3for a listing of valid contraindicaitons.

There are no known specific contraindications to Hib vaccination. Use in pregnant women is not recommended.

5. Adverse Reactions

The side effects of Hib vaccination are minor and are limited to mild fever and redness and/or swelling at the injection site.

All adverse side effects should be reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). Refer to Table B.4 for a detailed listing of adverse events. VAERS forms and instructions are available in the FDA Drug Bulletin (Food and Drug Administration) and the Physician's Desk Reference or by calling the 24-hour VAERS information recording, (800)822-7967. Refer to Appendix B for details.

6. Special Cases

Table 13.1. Immunization Schedule for Haemophilus influenzae Type b (Hib)
DoseAgeNotes
1 *2 monthsIf HbOC or PRP-T is used, the primary series consists of three vaccinations given at 2, 4, and 6 months of age with a booster vaccination given at 12-15 months.
If PRP-OMP is used, the primary series consists of two vaccinations given at 2 and 4 months with a booster vaccination given at 12-15 months.
24 months
36 months
412-15 months

* First vaccination may be given as early as 6 weeks of age.

If the first vaccination is delayed beyond 6 months of age, the schedule for vaccination of previously unimmunized children should be followed (Table 13.2).

Hib vaccination is not recommended for healthy persons over the age of 5 years. However, one dose of Hib conjugate vaccine can be considered in persons older than 5 years who are vulnerable to Hib invasive disease (eg, persons with asplenia, sickle cell anemia, HIV infection, and leukemia).

Table 13.2. Schedule for Hib Conjugate Vaccine Administration Among Previously Unimmunized Children
VaccineAge at first vaccination (Months)Primary seriesBooster
HbOC/PRP-T 2-63 doses, 2 mos apart12-15 mos
7-112 doses, 2 mos apart12-18 mos
12-141 dose2 mos later
15-591 dosenot applicable
PRP-OMP 2-62 doses, 2 mos apart12-15 mos
7-112 doses, 2 mos apart12-18 mos
12-141 dose2 mos later
15-591 dosenot applicable
PRP-D15-591 dosenot applicable

Source: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for use of Haemophilus b conjugate vaccines and a combined diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis and Haemophilus b vaccine: Recommendation of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1993;42(RR-13):1-15.

7. Patient Education

The US Department of Health and Human Services has developed vaccine information statements about H. influenza type b vaccination (see Patient Resources). Copies of these statements must be available to patients in facilities where federally purchased vaccines are used, and their availability in other settings is encouraged.

8. Vaccine Storage and Handling

Store vaccine at 2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F); do not freeze. Do not use vaccine that has been frozen. Handle all vaccine preparations according to manufacturers' instructions.

Basics of Rifampin Prophylaxis

1. Schedule

Begin rifampin prophylaxis as soon as possible, because most cases of secondary disease occur within the first week after occurrence of the index case. The efficacy of chemoprophylaxis is questionable if it is given 2 weeks after occurrence of the index case.

2. Dosage and Administration

The recommended prophylactic dosage of rifampin is 20 mg/kg (maximum, 600 mg), given orally once daily for 4 days. The recommended dosage for infants younger than age 1 month is 10 mg/kg. If a child is unable to swallow capsules, prescribe a rifampin suspension or rifampin powder, which may be mixed with several teaspoons of applesauce.

3. Contraindications

Do not administer rifampin to pregnant women; consult an infectious disease specialist for alternative therapies.

4. Adverse Reactions

Side effects of rifampin chemoprophylaxis include orange discoloration of urine and other bodily fluids, discoloration of soft contact lenses, decreased effectiveness of oral contraceptives, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, headache, anddizziness.

All adverse side effects should be reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). Refer to Table B.4 for a detailed listing of adverse events. VAERS forms and instructions are available in the FDA Drug Bulletin (Food and Drug Administration) and the Physician's Desk Reference or by calling the 24-hour VAERS information recording, (800)822-7967. Refer to Appendix B for details.

Patient Resources

  • Childhood Vaccines: What They Are and Why Your Child Needs Them. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000. Internet address: http://www.aafp.org

  • Vaccine Information Statement -- Haemophilus Influenzae Type B: What You Need to Know Before Your Child Gets the Vaccine, #I1905. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, Information/Distribution Center, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd, NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225. Fax (404)639-8828; state and local health departments; and the American Academy of Pediatrics, Division of Publications, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Immunization Action Coalition. Internet address: http://www.immunize.org

  • Immunization Protects Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, Division of Publications, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Parents Guide to Childhood Immunizations, #00-590. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd, NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225; fax (404)639-8828.

Provider Resources

  • Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule, #I1743; Six Common Misconceptions about Vaccination and How to Respond to Them, #00-6561; Guide to Contraindications in Childhood Vaccine, #00-6562; Recommendations for Use of Haemophilus B Conjugate Vaccines and a Combined Diphtheria, Tetanus, Pertussis and Haemophilus B Vaccine, #I1706; Haemophilus b Conjugate Vaccines for Prevention of Haemophilus Influenzae Type B Disease among Infants and Children Two Months of Age and Older, #I1417. These documents are available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road, NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225, fax (404)639-8828.

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians, Commission on Public Health and Scientific Affairs. AAFP recommendations: new Haemophilus influenzae type b immunization schedule. Am Fam Physician. 1991; 43(4): 14731474.
Adams WG, Deaver KA, Cochi SL, et al. Decline of childhood Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib) disease in the Hib vaccine era. JAMA. 1993; 269: 221226. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. Haemophilus influenzae type b conjugate vaccines: recommendations for immunization with recently and previously licensed vaccines. AAP News. 1993; 9: 1719.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. 1994 Red Book: Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1994;203-216.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Childhood immunizations. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 33.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. FDA approval of use of a new Haemophilus b conjugate vaccine and a combined diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis and Haemophilus b conjugate vaccine for infants and children. MMWR. 1993; 42: 296298. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Haemophilus b conjugate vaccines for prevention of Haemophilus influenzae type b disease among infants and children two months of age and older: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1991; 40(RR-1): 16.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule—United States, 1997. MMWR. 1997; 46: 3540. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for use of Haemophilus b conjugate vaccines and a combined diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis and Haemophilus b vaccine: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1993; 42(RR-13): 115.
Patel R, Kinsinger L. Childhood immunizations: American College of Preventive Medicine Practice Policy Statement. Am J Prev Med. 1997; 13(2): 7477. [PubMed]
Pomeroy SL, Holmes SJ, Dodge PR, Feigin RD. Seizures and other neurologic sequelae of bacterial meningitis in children. N Engl J Med. 1990; 323: 16511657. [PubMed]
Wilfert CM. Epidemiology of Haemophilus influenzae type b infections. Pediatrics. 1990; 85(suppl 4): 631635. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Childhood immunizations.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. (2nd ed). Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 65.

14. Hepatitis B

Infection with hepatitis B virus (HBV) is a major health problem in the United States. About 200,000 new cases are reported annually. Every year, approximately 4000 to 5000 people die of chronic liver disease caused by HBV infection, and persons with chronic infection are also at increased risk of death from hepatocellular cancer. See Table 14.1 for a list of groups at high risk for HBV infection.

In the United States, most HBV infections are acquired during adolescence or adulthood, largely as a result of sexual contact, injection drug use, or occupational/household contact. Rates of infection are also high in certain populations, including Alaska Natives, Pacific Islanders, and immigrants from HBV-endemic areas (particularly East Asia and Africa). Efforts to control HBV infection through vaccination and education of high-risk individuals, testing of pregnant women, and vaccination of the offspring of carrier women have been only partially successful. Children of HBV-infected mothers are at high risk for developing infection during the perinatal period and the first 5 years of life. Perinatal infection leads to a 90% risk of chronic infection and a 25% risk of death from chronic liver disease as an adult. Vaccination later in life (ie, adolescence) misses this vulnerable population and requires the use of more vaccine with a subsequent higher cost per dose.

Vaccination is highly effective (up to 95%) in preventing HBV infection in susceptible patients. Because hepatitis B vaccine was developed relatively recently, its length of effectiveness is unknown; it is thought to be 10 years, but much longer-lasting immunity is likely. The combination of hepatitis B vaccination and hepatitis B immune globulin (HBIG) is 80% to 95% effective for preventing perinatal HBV infection after acute exposure.

See chapter 48 for information on hepatitis immunization and prophylaxis for adults.

Hepatitis B is currently designated as an infectious disease notifiable at the national level. Refer to Appendix C for further information on nationally notifiable diseases.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Immunization

  • All major authorities, including Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP), American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Preventive Medicine, American Medical Association, Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination (CTFPHE), and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • All children should receive a complete series of hepatitis B immunizations during the first 18 months of life. Infants born to hepatitis B suface antigen (HBsAg) positive mothers should begin receiving these immunizations at birth. All adolescents should also be fully immunized. In addition, all major authorities recommend immunization of adolescents and young adults not previously immunized, particularly those at increased risk of infection. AAFP recommends offering immunization to persons aged 12 to 24 years. According to the CTFPHE, the optimal dose schedules and target populations for universal childhood immunization have not yet been determined, and vaccination of high-risk groups should continue to receive high priority. See below for details of schedule.

Prophylaxis

  • All major authorities —

  • HBIG should be used as prophylaxis for nonimmunized or inadequately immunized individuals exposed to active hepatitis B infection. Prophylactic treatment may be needed in the following situations: percutaneous or mucosal exposure to HBsAg-positive blood, sexual exposure to a hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) positive person, perinatal exposure of an infant to an HBsAg-positive mother, or household exposure of an infant younger than 12 months of age to a primary care-giver who has acute HBV infection. The CTFPHE indicates the prophylactic use of HBIG only in situations where there is perinatal exposure of an infant to an HBsAg positive mother.

Basics of Hepatitis B Immunization

1. Vaccine Types

Two licensed hepatitis B vaccines currently are produced in the United States: Engerix-B® and Recombivax HB® (available in three preparations for different age groups). Both vaccines are produced by recombinant DNA technology, and they may be used interchangeably at any point in the vaccination schedule, although the dosage may vary. A plasma-derived vaccine (HeptavaxTM) is also licensed, but it is no longer produced in the United States.

2. Schedule

According to the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the schedule for administering hepatitis B vaccine to infants of hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) negative mothers should be flexible and integrated into the routine childhood immunization schedule. Administer the first dose between birth and 2 months of age. Give the second dose between 1 and 4 months of age and at least 1 month after delivery of the first dose. Give the third dose between 6 and 18 months of age, with a minimum of 4 months between the second and third doses. Because of possible decreased seroconversion rates, premature infants of HBsAg-negative mothers with birth weights less than 2000 g should receive the first dose at the time of hospital discharge if the infant then weighs at least 2000 g, or when routine childhood immunizations are initiated at 2 months of age.

Table 48.2. Recommendations for Hepatitis B Prophylaxis Following Percutaneous Exposure
Exposed PersonTreatment When Source Is Found To Be:
HBsAG-PositiveHBsAG-NegativeUnknown or Not Tested
UnvaccinatedAdminister HBIG x 1 and initiate vaccineInitiate vaccineInitiate vaccine
Previously vaccinated, adequate anti-HBs* No treatmentNo treatmentNo treatment
Previously vaccinated, inadequate anti-HBs* HBIG x 2 or HBIG x 1 and initiate revaccinationNo treatmentIf known high-risk source, may treat as if source were HBsAg-positive
Previously vaccinated, response unknownTest exposed person for anti-HBs*: 1. If inadequate, HBIG x 1, plus vaccine booster dose 2. If adequate, no treatmentNo treatmentTest exposed person for anti-HBs*: 1. If inadequate, initiate revaccination 2. If adequate, no treatment

*Adequate anti-HBs level is >10 mlU/mL

Adapted from: Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). Hepatitis B virus infection: a comprehensive strategy for eliminating transmission in the United States through universal childhood vaccination. MMWR. 1991;40:(No. RR-13):22.

For infants (even if premature) born to HBsAg-positive mothers, initiate immunization within 12 hours of birth. Give subsequent doses at 1 and 6 months of age. A four-dose schedule (at birth, 1, 2, and 12 months) for postexposure immunization has been licensed by Engerix-B®. This schedule may slightly increase the likelihood of development of immunity, but it has not been demonstrated to offer clinical advantage over the three-dose regimens. For information on perinatal prophylaxis see Table 14.3. For information on immunization for postexposure prophylaxis, see Table 48.2.

Adolescents not immunized as infants should receive a complete series of three immunizations by 11 to 12 years of age, with the second and third doses administered at least 1 and 4 months, respectively, after the first dose.

Long-term studies of healthy adults and children indicate that immunologic memory remains intact for at least 10 years, although antibody levels may become low or undetectable. Therefore, booster doses of vaccine are not recommended for children and adults whose immune status is normal, and serologic testing to assess antibody levels is not necessary. The possible need for booster doses will be assessed as additional information becomes available.

3. Dose and Administration

The recommended dose of hepatitis B vaccine varies according to the vaccine type and the age of the child ( Table 14.2). Administer the vaccine as an intramuscular injection. In infants younger than 12 months of age, the preferred site is the anterolateral thigh (although, if necessary, the deltoid may be used). Bunch the thigh muscle, using the free hand, and direct the needle (22- to 25-gauge, 7/8" to 1" in length) inferiorly at an angle to reach the muscle but avoid contact with neurovascular structures or bone. In toddlers and older children, the vaccination may be given in the deltoid (if muscle mass appears adequate), using a 22- to 25-gauge needle that is 5/8" to 1-1/4" in length. Hepatitis B vaccines may be given simultaneously with other childhood vaccinations but at different sites.

4. Contraindications/Precautions

There are few, true contraindications to administering vaccinations. See Appendix B, Table B.3 for a listing of valid contraindications.

A history of an anaphylactic reaction to common baker's yeast is a specific contraindication to hepatitis B vaccination. The only other contraindication is a known serious adverse reaction to the vaccine. Pregnancy and lactation are not contraindications.

5. Adverse Reactions

The side effects of hepatitis B vaccination are relatively minor in children. These include pain at the injection site (3% to 29%) and temperature higher than 38°C (100.4°F) (0.5% in infants and 1% to 6% in other children). Based on surveillance for adverse reactions in adults in the United States, a possible association between Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS) and receipt of plasma-derived hepatitis B vaccine has been suggested; however, available data do not indicate an association between receipt of recombinant hepatitis B vaccine and GBS. Although systematic surveillance for adverse events following administration of recombinant hepatitis B vaccine to infants and children has been limited, no association has been found between vaccination and the occurrence of severe adverse events, including seizures and GBS.

Any adverse side effects should be reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). Refer to Table B.4 for a detailed listing of adverse events. VAERS forms and instructions are available in the FDA Drug Bulletin (Food and Drug Administration) and the Physician's Desk Reference or by calling the 24-hour VAERS information recording at (800)822-7967. Refer to Appendix B for details.

6. Patient Education

The US Department of Health and Human Services has developed vaccine information statements about hepatitis B vaccination ( see Patient Resources). These statements must be available to patients in facilities where federally purchased vaccines are used, and their availability in other settings is encouraged.

7. Vaccine Storage and Handling

Store vaccine at 2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F). Do not freeze. Do not use vaccine that has been frozen. Handle all vaccine preparations according to manufacturers' instructions.

Basics of Postexposure Prophylaxis

1. Schedule

See Table 14.3 for the recommended schedule of HBV immunoprophylaxis to prevent perinatal transmission. See Table 48.2 for the recommended schedule of HBV immunoprophylaxis for percutaneous and mucosal exposure in children and adults.

2. Dose and Administration

The recommended dose of HBIG for infants 12 months of age or younger is 0.5 mL. The dose for children older than 12 months of age is 0.06 mL/kg. Administer HBIG as an intramuscular injection. The recommended site is the anterolateral thigh muscle for infants and the deltoid muscle for children and adolescents. HBIG may be given at the same time as hepatitis B vaccine but must be given at a different site. The recommended dose of hepatitis B vaccine for perinatal exposure varies according to vaccine type ( Table 14.2).

3. Contraindications/Precautions

The only contraindication to HBIG injection is a history of hypersensitivity to HBIG.

4. Adverse Reactions

The main side effects of HBIG are pain and swelling at the injection site. Urticaria, angioedema, and, very rarely, anaphylaxis can occur. HIV is not known to be transmitted by HBIG injection.

Patient Resources

  • Childhood Vaccines: What They Are and Why Your Child Needs Them. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000.

  • Vaccine Information Statement -- Hepatitis B Vaccine & Hepatitis B Immune Globulin: What you need to know before you or your child gets the vaccine, #I1906. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333, (404)639-8225, fax (404)639-8828; state and local health departments; and the American Academy of Pediatrics, Division of Publications, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Your Baby: Protecting Your Baby Against Hepatitis B (videotape), #00-6320; Protect Your Baby With Hepatitis B Shots, #00-6550; Why Does My Baby Need Hepatitis B Vaccine?, #00-6230; Parents Guide to Childhood Immunizations, #00-590. US Department of Health and Human Services. These and other materials are available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225. fax (404)639-8828.

Provider Resources

  • Recommended childhood immunization schedule, #I1743; Six common misconceptions about vaccination and how to respond to them, #00-6561; Guide to contraindications in childhood vaccines, #00-6562; Hepatitis B Virus Infection — From Mother to Child: A Cycle of Tragedy (videotape), #99-4149. These documents are available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225. fax (404)639-8828.

Selected References

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule -- United States, 1997. MMWR. 1997; 46: 3540. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Hepatitis B virus: a comprehensive strategy for eliminating transmission in the United States through universal childhood vaccination: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1991; 40(No. RR-13): 125.
Centers for Disease Control. Protection against viral hepatitis: recommendatoins of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. MMWR. 1990; 39(No. RR-2): 126.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. 1994 Red Book: Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1994:224-237.
American Academy of Family Physicians. Recommendations for Hepatitis B Preexposure Vaccination and Postexposure Prophylaxis. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1992.
American Academy of Pediatrics. Universal hepatitis B immunization. AAP News. February 1992:13-15, 22.
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendations: infectious diseases. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 15.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Hepatitis B immunization in childhood. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 35.
National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, Ga: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 1993.
Patel R, Kinsinger L. Childhood immunizations: American College of Preventive Medicine Practice Policy Statement. Am J Prev Med. 1997; 13(2): 7477. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Childhood immunizations.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 65.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Postexposure prophylaxis for selected infectious diseases.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 67.

[Tables]

Table 14.1. Groups at High Risk for Hepatitis B (HBV) Virus Infection
Heterosexual individuals who have had more than one sex partner in the previous 6 months and/or those with a recent episode of a sexually transmitted disease
Sexually active homosexual or bisexual males
Household contacts and sex partners of hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg)-positive persons
Injection drug users
Health care workers and others at occupational risk
Clients and staff of institutions for the developmentally disabled, including nonresidential day-care programs if attended by known HBV carriers
Hemodialysis patients
Hemophiliacs and other recipients of certain blood products
Household contacts of adoptees from HBV-endemic, high-risk countries who are HBsAg-positive
International travelers who spend more than 6 months in areas with high HBV infection rates and who have close contact with the local population; also short-term travelers who have contact with blood or sexual contact with residents in high- or intermediate-risk areas
Inmates of long-term correctional institutions

Adapted from: Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). Hepatitis B virus: a comprehensive strategy for eliminating transmission in the United States through universal childhood vaccination. MMWR. 1991;40(No. RR-13):1-25.

Table 14.2. Recommended Doses for Children of Currently Licensed Recombinant Hepatitis B Vaccines
GroupVaccines
Recombivax HB®Engerix-B®
μgmLμgmL
Infants of HBsAg-negative mothers and children <11 years of age2.50.25100.5
Infants of HBsAg-positive mothers; prevention of perinatal infection50.5100.5
Children and adolescents 11-19 years of age50.5201.0

Adapted from: Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). Hepatitis B virus: a comprehensive strategy for eliminating transmission in the United States through universal childhood vaccination. MMWR. 1991;40(No. RR-13):1-25.

Table 14.3. Recommended Schedule of Hepatitis B Immunoprophylaxis to Prevent Perinatal Transmissizon
Infant Born to Mother Known to be HBsAg 1 Positive
InterventionAge of Infant
First hepatitis BBirth (within 12 hours)
HBIG 2Birth (within 12 hours)
Second hepatitis B1 month
Third hepatitis B6 months
Infant Born to Mother Not Screened for HBsAg
InterventionAge of Infant
First hepatitis B 3Birth (within 12 hours)
HBIG If mother is found to be HBsAg-positive, administer a dose to infant as soon as possible, but not later than 1 week after birth
Second hepatitis B 41-2 months 5
Third hepatitis B 46 months
1

Hepatitis B surface antigen

2

Hepatitis B immune globulin

3

Give same dose as for infants born to HBsAg-positive mothers.

4

Give additional doses based on mother's HBsAg status (see Table 14.2).

5

Infants of women who are HBsAg-positive and who have not received HBIG should be vaccinated at 1 month of age; infants of women who are HBsAg-negative may be vaccinated at 2 months of age.

Adapted from: Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). Hepatitis B virus: a comprehensive strategy for eliminating transmission in the United States through universal childhood vaccination. MMWR. 1991;40(No. RR-13);1-25.

15. Measles, Mumps, and Rubella

The incidence of measles (rubeola), mumps, and rubella is now at record low levels following outbreaks that occurred in the late 1980s and early 1990s. The predominant cause of these outbreaks was failure to immunize children on time. An outbreak that occurred in the mid 1980s among school- and college-aged students was attributed to lack of vaccination and vaccine failure. Since 1989, administration of a second dose of vaccine has been recommended either in primary, middle, or junior high school to ameliorate the problem of vaccine failure.

Measles outbreaks in the United States principally affect four groups: unvaccinated preschool-aged children, persons opposed to vaccination, unvaccinated young adults, and school-aged children who receive only a single dose of measles-containing vaccine. Genetic studies of measles viruses isolated from outbreak-related cases suggest that importation of measles virus from countries with less developed measles control programs is the source of most and maybe all outbreaks of measles. The annual number of reported cases of measles was 312 in 1993, 963 in 1994, and 309 in 1995, the three lowest annual totals ever. Death, usually caused by pneumonia or encephalitis, occurs in one to two patients per every 1000 reported cases; however, no deaths have been reported since 1992.

In the early 1990s, 4264 mumps cases were reported in the United States; the number of reported cases fell steadily, to a record low of 906 cases in 1995. Orchitis occurs in up to 38% of postpubertal males with mumps. Five of every 1000 reported cases are complicated by encephalitis.

In 1995, 128 cases of rubella were reported; this is the lowest number of cases ever reported. Use of rubella vaccine has led to a significant decrease in the overall incidence of both rubella and congenital rubella syndrome (CRS), which develops in an estimated 85% of infants born to women who acquire rubella during the first trimester of pregnancy. Only six cases of CRS were reported in 1995. The most frequently occurring clinical manifestations of CRS are deafness, low birth weight, hepatomegaly, splenomegaly, ocular lesions, psychomotor retardation, congenital heart disease, and petechiae. Half of noncongenital rubella infections are subclinical, with occasional serious complications such as thrombocytopenia (1 per 3000 cases) and encephalitis (1 per 6000 cases).

See chapter 51 for information about rubella immunization of adults.

Measles, mumps, and rubella are currently designated as infectious diseases notifiable at the national level. Refer to Appendix C for further information on nationally notifiable diseases.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Normal-Risk Children

  • All major authorities, including Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP), American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), American College of Preventive Medicine, Bright Futures, Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination (CTFPHE), and US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • A primary measles-mumps-rubella (MMR) immunization should be given at 12 to 15 months of age. The AAFP, AAP, and ACIP recommend that the booster dose be given either at 4 to 6 years or 11 to 12 years of age, consistent with state school immunization requirements. The AAFP recommends increased attention to adolescents and young adults from congregate settings (eg, schools) who might lack a second dose. The USPSTF and CTFPHE recommend that the booster dose be given at 4 to 6 years of age. The USPSTF recommends immunization of older children who present for care so that all children have had two doses of measles or MMR vaccine by age 11 to 12 years. The AAP has recommended that colleges and other institutions require all entering students to have documentation of physician-diagnosed measles, serologic evidence of immunity, birth before 1957, or receipt of two doses of measles-containing vaccines. Students without documentation of any measles vaccination or immunity should receive a dose on entry, followed by a repeat dose 1 or more months later.

High-Risk Children

  • Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices and American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • Although MMR is recommended routinely at 12 to 15 months of age, the first vaccination should be given at 12 months of age in areas at high risk for recurrent measles transmission. A high-risk area is: a county with more than five cases among preschool-aged children during each of the last 5 years; a county with a recent outbreak among nonimmunized preschool-aged children; or a county with a large inner-city population. In order to control outbreaks of measles among preschool-aged children, the first immunization (either as monovalent measles vaccine or MMR) may be given as early as 6 months of age if cases are occurring in children younger than 1 year of age. Children immunized before 12 months of age should be revaccinated at 12 to 15 months of age and at 4 to 6 years or 11 to 12 years of age, according to state school immunization requirements.

Postexposure

  • Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) and American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • Exposure to measles is not a contraindication to vaccination. If live measles vaccine is given within 72 hours of measles exposure, it may provide some protection. ACIP states that use of vaccine is preferable to the use of immunoglobulin (IG) for children 12 months of age or older. The use of IG within 6 days of exposure can prevent or modify measles in susceptible individuals. IG may be particularly indicated for susceptible household contacts of measles patients, particularly contacts younger than 1 year of age, pregnant women, or immunocompromised individuals.

Basics of Measles, Mumps, and Rubella Immunization

1. Vaccine Types

Measles, mumps, and rubella are live attenuated virus vaccines. They are available as single-antigen preparations and as combination preparations: measles-rubella, mumps-rubella, and measles-mumps-rubella (MMR). Unless a specific antigen is contraindicated, use MMR.

2. Schedule

Give primary immunization at 12 to 15 months of age. Some high-risk children may benefit from receiving this immunization earlier. Revaccinate children who received MMR before their first birthdays at 12 to 15 months of age. The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the American Academy of Pediatrics, and the American Academy of Family Physicians recommend giving a second dose either at age 4 to 6 years (before school entry) or at age 11 to 12 years (before middle school or junior high school entry). Administer doses of MMR or other measles-containing vaccines at least 1 month apart. MMR may be given simultaneously with other childhood immunizations.

3. Assessing Immunity

Children and adolescents are considered susceptible to measles unless there is documentation of physician-diagnosed measles, serologic evidence of measles immunity, or documentation of receipt of adequate immunization. Patient or parental reports of measles illness or measles immunization are not adequate documentation.

Children and adolescents are considered susceptible to mumps unless there is documentation of physician-diagnosed mumps, laboratory evidence of immunity, or documentation of immunization with live mumps vaccine on or after the first birthday. Vaccinate childrenwhose immunization status is uncertain. Susceptibility testing of adolescents before vaccination is not necessary.

Children and adolescents are considered susceptible to rubella unless there is documentation of immunity by laboratory testing or documentation of immunization on or after the first birthday. Patient or parental reports or clinician diagnosis are not adequate evidence of immunity. See chapter 51 for more information about indications for rubella immunization in adults.

4. Dose and Administration

The recommended dose of MMR and the single-antigen preparations is 0.5 mL. Give the injection subcutaneously into the thigh in infants and the deltoid area in children, using a 5/8"to 3/4", 23- to 25-gauge needle.

5. Contraindications/Precautions

Table 15.1. Contraindications and Precautions for MMR Vaccination
True Contraindications and Precautions* NOT Contraindications (vaccine may be given)
Anaphylactic reactions to egg ingestion and to neomycin** Pregnancy Known altered immune function (hematologic and solid tumors, congenital immunodeficiency, and long-term immunosuppressive therapy) Recent IG administration (within 3-11 months)Tuberculosis or positive PPD Simultaneous TB skin testing*** Breast feeding Pregnancy of mother of recipient Immunodeficient family member or household contact Infection with HIV Nonanaphylactic reactions to eggs or neomycin

* Precautions should be carefully reviewed. The benefits and risks of administering a specific vaccine to an individual under these circumstances should be considered. If the risks are believed to outweigh the benefits, the immunization should be withheld; if the benefits are believed to outweigh the risks (eg, during an outbreak or foreign travel), it should be given. It is prudent on theoretical grounds to avoid vaccinating pregnant women. (See also MMWR. 1994;43[RR-1]:1-38.)

** Persons with a history of anaphylactic reactions following egg ingestion should be vaccinated only with caution. Protocols have been developed for vaccinating such persons and should be consulted (Herman et al, 1983; Greenberg and Birx, 1988; Lavi et al, 1990).

*** Measles vaccination may temporarily suppress tuberculin reactivity. If testing cannot be done the day of MMR vaccination, the test should be postponed for 4-6 weeks.

Adapted from: National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, Ga: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 1993, and CDC General Recommendations on Immunization: Recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1994:43(RR-1).

There are few, true contraindications to administering vaccinations. See Appendix B, Table B.3 for a listing of valid contraindications. See Table 15.1 for a list of contraindications specific to MMR vaccination.

6. Adverse Reactions

The measles component may cause a transient rash in 5% of vaccinees. Fever higher than 39.4°C (103°F) develops in 5% to 15% of individuals susceptible to measles, beginning 5 to 12 days after immunization and usually lasting 1to2 days, but can persist for up to 5 days. Because of the late onset of fever, acetaminophen prophylaxis may not be practical in preventing febrile seizures.

The rubella component is associated with development of a mild rash lasting 1 to 2 days and mild pain and stiffness in the joints 1 to 2 weeks after immunization, usually lasting up to 3 days. Rarely, pain or stiffness can last for months or longer and can recur. Joint swelling (arthritis) lasting a few days to a week develops in 1% of children. Damage to joints is a very rare occurrence.

Both the rubella and mumps components can cause swollen anterior cervical, posterior auricular, or mandibular lymph nodes 1 to 2 weeks after immunization. This happens rarely with the mumps component but may affect one in seven children receiving the rubella component. Development ofencephalitis is temporally related to receipt of MMR in about one of every 1 million persons immunized.

Any adverse side effects should be reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). Refer to Table B.4 for a detailed listing of adverse events. VAERS forms and instructions are available in the FDA Drug Bulletin (Food and Drug Administration) and the Physician's Desk Reference or by calling the 24-hour VAERS information recording at (800)822-7967. Refer to Appendix B for details.

7. Special cases

Do not administer MMR vaccine to patients who have received high doses of a systemically administered corticosteroid (2mg/kg or 20 mg per day of prednisone or equivalent) until at least 3 months after discontinuation of the corticosteroid.

Immune globulin-containing preparations, such as immune globulin (IG), tetanus immune globulin (TIG), hepatitis B immune globulin (HBIG), varicella zoster immune globulin (VZIG), rabies immune globulin (HRIG), and packed red blood cells, whole blood, and plasma or platelet products may interfere with the immune response to MMR vaccination. Do not administer MMR vaccine 2 weeks before or until 3 to 11 months after such preparations are given (depending on the immune globulin content). Repeat vaccination after the window of immune globulin interference has expired, or perform antibody testing to determine the patient's immunity status. See Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (MMWR. 1994;43[RR-1]:1-38) for more detailed information regarding this issue.

8. Patient Education

The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act requires health care providers to provide the following information to patients prior to administering MMR: (1) a concise description of the benefits of the vaccine, (2) a concise description of the risks associated with the vaccine, and (3) notice of the availability of the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program.

The US Department of Health and Human Services has developed a pamphlet for this purpose ( see Patient Resources). Other patient educational materials may be used if they provide the information required by the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act. For additional information about this requirement, contact the Training Coordinator, National Immunization Program, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (404)639-8226.

9. Vaccine Storage and Handling

Measles, mumps, rubella, and MMR vaccines must be shipped at temperatures lower than 10°C (50°F) and stored at 2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F) or colder and must be protected from light exposure at all times. After vaccine is reconstituted, keep it refrigerated at 2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F), protect it from light, and discard any that is not used within 8 hours. Do not freeze reconstituted vaccine and the diluent. Handle all vaccine preparations according to manufacturers' instructions.

Basics of Postexposure Prophylaxis (Measles)

1. Dose and Administration

The recommended dose of IG for immunocompetent individuals is 0.25 mL/kg of body weight (maximum dose, 15 mL) given intramuscularly. The recommended dose for immunocompromised patients is 0.5 mL/kg of body weight (maximum dose, 15 mL).

Administer IG deep into a large muscle mass such as the anterolateral thigh. If the gluteal region must be used, limit injection to the ventrogluteal site or the upper outer quadrant. Divide large volumes of IG, and administer it in different sites for patient comfort. Administer no more than 5 mL in one site to an adult or large child; give smaller amounts (1 to 3 mL) to smaller children and infants.

2. Precautions

Do not give IG to patients with severe thrombocytopenia or any coagulation disorder that would preclude IM injection. Although such instances are rare, persons with selective serum IgA deficiency can develop anti-IgA antibodies from the receipt of IG and react to a subsequent dose of IG, whole blood, or plasma with systemic symptoms. Use IG with caution in patients with a history of past allergic reactions after injections of IG.

3. Adverse Reactions

Local pain and swelling (often mistaken for an allergic reaction) are the most common adverse effects of IG injection. Urticaria, angioedema, and (rarely) anaphylaxis may occur.

Patient Resources

  • Childhood Vaccines: What They Are and Why Your Child Needs Them. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000. Internet address: http:/www.aafp.org

  • Vaccine Information Statement -- Measles, Mumps, and Rubella: What You Need to Know Before You or Your Child Gets the Vaccine, #I1730. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225; fax (404)639-8828. Other sources include state and local health departments and the American Academy of Pediatrics, Division of Publications, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927, (800)433-9016; Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Parents Guide to Childhood Immunizations, #00-590. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225; fax (404)639-8828.

  • Protecting Your Child Against Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis; Immunization Protects Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

Provider Resources

  • Immunization Protects Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, Division of Publications, 141 Northwest Point Blvd, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http:/www.aap.org

  • Rubella Prevention, #I1428; Measles Prevention, #I1418; Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule, #I1743; Six Common Misconceptions About Vaccination and How to Respond to Them, #00-6561; Guide to Contraindications in Childhood Vaccines, #00-6562. These and other documents are available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225. Fax (404)639-8828.

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. 1994 Red Book: Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1994:308-322, 329-333, 406-412.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Childhood immunizations. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 33.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. General recommendations on immunization: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1994; 43(No. RR-1): 138.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule — United States, January 1995. MMWR. 1995; 43: 959960. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Measles prevention. MMWR. 1989; 38(No. S-9): 113.
Centers for Disease Control. Mumps prevention. MMWR. 1989; 38: 388392. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Rubella prevention: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1990; 39(No. RR-15): 113.
Centers for Disease Control. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System — United States. MMWR. 1990; 39: 730733. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule — United States, 1997 MMWR. 1997;4635-4640 View this and related citations using.
Greenberg MA, Birx DL. Safe administration of mumps-measles-rubella vaccine in egg-allergic children. J Pediatr. 1988; 113: 504506. [PubMed]
Herman JJ, Radin R, Schneiderman R. Allergic reactions to measles (rubeola) vaccine in patients hypersensitive to egg protein. J Pediatr. 1983; 102: 196199. [PubMed]
Lavi S, Zimmerman B, Koren G, Gold R. Administration of measles, mumps, and rubella vaccine (live) to egg-allergic children. JAMA. 1990; 263: 269271. [PubMed]
National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, Ga: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 1993.
National Vaccine Advisory Committee. The measles epidemic: the problems, barriers and recommendations. JAMA. 1991; 166(11): 154752.
Patel R, Kinsinger L. Childhood immunizations: American College of Preventive Medicine Practice Policy Statement. Am J Prev Med. 1997; 13(2): 7477. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Childhood immunizations.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 65.
Watson JC, Pearson JA, Markowitz LE, et al. An evaluation of measles revaccination among school-entry-age children. Pediatrics. In press.

16. Poliomyelitis

In 1994, the Western Hemisphere was certified as being free of indigenous wild-type (not vaccine-related) poliovirus, the enterovirus that causes paralytic poliomyelitis. The last cases of wild, indigenously acquired poliomyelitis in the United States were reported in 1979. The current risk of exposure to wild poliovirus in the United States is very low and continues to diminish as global eradication continues. In comparison, the risk of vaccine-associated poliomyelitis (VAPP) from oral polio vaccine (OPV), for both vaccine recipients and their susceptible contacts, is greater than the risk of paralytic poliomyelitis from wild-type virus. The risk of VAPP is approximately one per 750,000 first doses of OPV administered

Between 1980 and 1994, only six imported cases and two indeterminate cases of polio occurred in the United States, while there were 125 cases of VAPP. Although the successful elimination of indigenous wild-type polio is primarily attributable to the wide use of OPV, these recent changes in the epidemiological patterns of poliomyelitis in the United States prompted a re-examination and subsequent change in many of the recommendations regarding the routine use of OPV and inactive polio vaccine (IPV) beginning in the 1997 calendar year.

Paralytic poliomyelitis is currently designated as an infectious disease notifiable at the national level. Refer to Appendix C for further information on nationally notifiable diseases.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • In 1997, the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP), and American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP)

  • changed their recommendations for routine poliovirus vaccination, and now recommend expanded use of IPV for routine poliovirus vaccination. The American College of Preventive Medicine and Bright Futures have also adopted these guidelines. The revised recommendations include three acceptable options (sequential IPV-OPV; all IPV; and all OPV), and parents and providers may choose among them. Parents and other care-givers should be informed of the poliovirus vaccines available, alternative immunization schedules, and the basis for poliovirus vaccination recommendations. The benefits and risks of the vaccines and the advantages and disadvantages of the three vaccination options, for individuals and the community, should be discussed.

  • Sequential: IPV at 2 and 4 months; OPV at 12 to 18 months and 4 to 6 years All-IPV: IPV at 2, 4, 12 to 18 months, and 4 to 6 years All-OPV: OPV at 2, 4, 6-18 months, and 4 to 6 years

  • Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices

  • recommends a sequential IPV-OPV schedule for greatest overall public health benefit by decreasing the incidence of VAPP while maintaining high levels of population immunity to poliovirus to prevent outbreaks should wild poliovirus be reintroduced in the United States.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and American Academy of Family Physicians

  • recommend parent and provider choice in the selection of the vaccination schedule most suitable for the child.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination

  • recommends either IPV or OPV. The IPV vaccination schedule is at 2, 4, 6 and 18 months and 4 to 6 years. The OPV schedule is at 2, 4, and 18 months and 4 to 6 years.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force

  • acknowledged the potential benefits of incorporating IPV into the childhood immunization schedule, but has not updated its recommendations since the change in the ACIP guidelines.

Basics of Poliomyelitis Immunization

1. Vaccine Types

Two types of trivalent vaccine are available for use in the United States: live oral poliovirus vaccine (OPV) and enhanced-potency inactivated poliovirus vaccine (IPV). Both vaccines contain antigens to poliovirus types I, II, and III and are highly effective. OPV, through its induction of intestinal immunity against poliovirus, is effective in controlling circulation of the wild virus. IPV also induces mucosal immunity, but to a lesser extent.

2. Schedule
a. Primary

  • IPV at 2 and 4 months; OPV at 12 to 18 months and 4 to 6 years OR IPV at 2, 4, and 12 to 18 months and 4 to 6 years OR OPV at 2, 4, and 12 to 18 months and 4 to 6 years

Table 16.1. Advantages and Disadvantages of Three Poliovirus Vaccination Options
AttributeOPVIPVIPV-OPV
Occurrence of VAPP8-9 cases/yrNone2-5 cases/yr *
Other serious adverse eventsNone knownNone knownNone known
Systemic ImmunityHighHighHigh
Immunity of GI mucosaHighLowHigh
Secondary transmission of vaccine virusYesNoSome
Extra injections or visits neededNoYesYes
Compliance with immunization scheduleHighPossibly reducedPossibly reduced
Future combination vaccinesUnlikelyLikelyLikely (IPV)
Current costLowHigherIntermediate

* Estimated

Adapted from: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Poliomyelitis prevention in the United States: introduction of a sequential vaccination schedule of inactivated poliovirus vaccine followed by oral poliovirus vaccine: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1997;46(No. RR-3):12.

  • Parents of children who are to be vaccinated should be informed of the poliovirus vaccines available, the three alternative vaccination schedules, and the basis for the vaccination recommendations. The benefits and risks of the vaccines as well as the advantages and disadvantages of the three vaccination options for individuals and for the community should be discussed (Table 16.1).

b. Late or Accelerated Schedule for Children

  • An all-OPV schedule is preferred for infants and children starting vaccination late (ie, after 6 months of age) or when accelerated protection against poliomyelitis is required. Three doses of OPV constitute a primary series and are required to assure seroconversion to all three serotypes of poliovirus. Under such circumstances, the minimum time interval between doses of OPV is 4 weeks. Administer a supplemental dose of OPV between 4 and 6 years of age. For infants and children for whom IPV is indicated and accelerated protection is needed, the minimum interval between doses of IPV is 4 weeks, although the preferred interval between the second and third dose is six months. Administer an additional dose of IPV between ages 4 and 6 years.

c. Late or Accelerated Schedule for Adults

  • Routine poliovirus vaccination of adults (generally those aged 18 years and older) residing in the United States is not necessary. Immunization is recommended for certain adults who are at risk of exposure to poliovirus, including travelers, laboratory and health-care workers, and unvaccinated adults residing in households of children receiving OPV. For unvaccinated adults, primary vaccination with IPV is recommended because the risk for VAPP after receiving OPV is higher among adults than among children. Two doses of IPV should be administered at intervals of 4 to 8 weeks; a third dose should be administered 6 to 12 months after the second. If three doses of IPV cannot be administered within the recommended intervals before protection is needed, the following alternatives are recommended:

  • If 8 or more weeks are available, three doses of IPV should be administered at least 4 weeks apart.

  • If less than 8 but more than 4 weeks are available, two doses of IPV should be administered at least 4 weeks apart.

  • If less than 4 weeks are available, a single dose of OPV or IPV is recommended.

  • The remaining doses of vaccine should be administered later, at the recommended intervals, if the person remains at increased risk.

  • Adults who previously completed a primary series of either OPV or IPV who are at increased risk of exposure to poliovirus may be given another dose of either OPV or IPV. These adults are not at increased risk for VAPP.

3. Dose and Administration

OPV is supplied in a disposable pipette containing a single dose of 0.5 mL or in 10-dose vials. The vaccine should be dropped on the back of the tongue. If a substantial amount of OPV is regurgitated or spit out within 5 to 10 minutes of administration, it may be readministered. If the repeat dose is also lost, attempt readministration at the next visit.

The recommended dose of IPV is 0.5 mL, given subcutaneously or intramuscularly in the thigh of infants and in the deltoid area of older children and adults with a 5/8" to 3/4", 23- to 25-gauge needle.

4. Contraindications/Precautions

Table 16.2. True Contraindications and Precautions * for OPV/IPV Vaccination
VaccineTrue Contraindications and PrecautionsNOT Contraindications (vaccines may be given)
OPVInfection with HIV or a household contact with HIV Known altered immunodeficiency Immunodeficient household contact PregnancyBreast feeding Current antimicrobial therapy Diarrhea
IPVAnaphylactic reaction following a previous dose of IPV or anaphylactic reaction to neomycin, polymyxin B or streptomycin PregnancyBreast feeding Current antimicrobial therapy Diarrhea

* Precautions should be carefully reviewed. Consider the benefits and risks of administering a specific vaccine to a child under the circumstances. If the risks are believed to outweigh the benefits, withhold the immunization; if the benefits are believed to outweigh the risks (eg, during an outbreak or foreign travel), administer the vaccine. It is prudent on theoretical grounds to avoid vaccinating pregnant women. However, if immediate protection against poliomyelitis is needed, OPV is preferred, although IPV may be considered if full immunization can be completed before the anticipated imminent exposure. Pregnancy of a mother is not a contraindication to giving polio vaccine to her child.

Adapted from: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. General recommendations on immunization: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1994; 43(RR-1): 24-25, and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Poliomyelitis prevention in the United States: introduction of a sequential vaccination schedule of inactivated poliovirus vaccine followed by oral poliovirus vaccine: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1997; 46 (No. RR-3): 1-25.

There are few, true contraindications to administering vaccinations. See Appendix B, Table B.3 for a listing of valid contraindications. See Table 16.2 for a list of contraindications specific to polio immunization.

Because of the increased risk for VAPP, OPV should not be administered to persons with immunodeficiency disorders or malignant diseases or to persons whose immune systems have been compromised by therapy (corticosteroids, alkylating drugs, antimetabolites or radiation) (see Adverse Reactions). Use IPV for these patients and their household contacts. Do not administer OPV to hospitalized infants until after discharge, because of the theoretical risk of poliovirus transmission in the hospital.

5. Adverse Reactions

The risk of paralysis in recipients of OPV and their close contacts is extremely low. The rate of VAPP after the first dose of OPV is approximately one case per 750,000 doses. All adults who are not immunized or inadequately immunized against polio should be informed of the very low risk of developing paralytic poliomyelitis after a child with whom they have close contact has been immunized with the OPV vaccine. Advise them to wash their hands well after diaper changes and avoid contact with feces. Nonimmunized and partially immunized adults may be offered immunization with IPV. Because of the overriding importance of ensuring prompt and complete immunization, sequential IPV-OPV vaccination of children should begin regardless of the polio vaccination status of adult contacts.

IPV does not induce paralysis, and its side effects are minor (eg, local pain and swelling at the injection site).

Any adverse effects should be reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). Refer to Table B.4 for a detailed listing of adverse events. VAERS forms and instructions are available in the FDA Drug Bulletin (Food and Drug Administration) and the Physician's Desk Reference or by calling the 24-hour VAERS information recording at (800)822-7967. Refer to Appendix B for details.

6. Patient Education

The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act requires health care providers to provide the following information to patients prior to administering a polio vaccination: (1) a concise description of the benefits of the vaccine, (2) a concise description of the risks associated with the vaccine, and (3) notice of the availability of the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program.

The US Department of Health and Human Services has developed a pamphlet for this purpose ( see Patient Resources). Other patient educational materials may be used if they provide the information required by the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act. For additional information about this requirement, contact the Training Coordinator, National Immunization Program, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (404)639-8226.

7. Vaccine Storage and Handling

Store OPV at temperatures low enough to keep it solidly frozen. Temperatures below -14°C (+7°F) may be required. Completely thaw the vaccine before use. A container of vaccine may be subjected to a maximum of 10 cycles of thawing and refreezing as long as the temperature of the vaccine does not exceed 8°C (46°F) and the total cumulative time thawed is not more than 24 hours. If the vaccine is thawed for more than 24 hours, it should not be refrozen but should be stored at 2 to 8°C (36 to 46°F) and used within 30 days. Store IPV at 2 to 8°C (36 to 46°F); do not freeze it. Do not use IPV vaccine that has been frozen. Handle all vaccine preparations according to manufacturers' instructions.

Patient Resources

  • Childhood Vaccines: What They Are and Why Your Child Needs Them. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000; Internet address: http://www.aafp.org.

  • Vaccine Information Statement -- Polio Vaccines: What You Need to Know, #I1921. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225, fax (404)639-8828; state and local health departments, or the American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Immunization Protects Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016.Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Parents Guide to Childhood Immunizations, #00-590. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225; fax (404)639-8828.

Provider Resources

  • Poliomyelitis prevention: enhanced potency inactivated poliomyelitis vaccine-supplementary statement, #I1925; Recommended childhood immunization schedule, #I1743; Six common misconceptions about vaccination and how to respond to them, #00-6561; Guide to contraindications in childhood vaccines, #00-6562. These and other documents are available from the National Immunization Program, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, M/S E-34, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225; fax (404)639-8828.

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. Poliomyelitis prevention: recommendations for use of inactivated poliovirus vaccine and live oral poliovirus vaccine. Pediatrics. 1997; 99(2): 300305. [PubMed]
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Childhood immunizations. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 33.
Centers for Disease Control. Paralytic poliomyelitis — Senegal, 1986-1987: update on the N-IPV efficacy study. MMWR. 1988; 37: 257259. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System — United States. MMWR. 1990; 39: 730733. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. General recommendations on immunization: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1994;43 (RR-1): 24-25.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Poliomyelitis prevention in the United States: introduction of a sequential vaccination schedule of inactivated poliovirus vaccine followed by oral Poliovirus vaccine: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1997; 46(No. RR-3): 125.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule-United States. 1997. MMWR. 1997; 46: 3540. [PubMed]
Kimpen JL, Ogra PL. Poliovirus vaccines: a continuing challenge. Pediatr Clin North Am. 1990; 37(3): 627649. [PubMed]
LaForce FM. Poliomyelitis vaccines: success and controversy. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 1990; 4: 7583. [PubMed]
National Center for Health Statistics. Health, United States, 1995. Hyattsville, Md: Public Health Service. 1996.
Patel R, Kinsinger L. Childhood immunizations: American College of Preventive Medicine Practice Policy Statement. Am J Prev Med. 1997; 13(2): 7477. [PubMed]
Physician's Desk Reference. 51st ed. Montvale, NJ: Medical Economics Co: 1997:3005-3007.
Strebel PM, Sutter RW, Coohi SL, et al. Epidemiology of poliomyelitis in the United States one decade after the last reported case of indigenous wild virus-associated disease. Clin Infect Dis. 1992; 14: 568579. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Childhood immunizations.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 65.

17. Varicella (Including Adult Immunization)

Approximately 3.9 million cases of primary varicella-zoster virus (VZV) disease (chickenpox) occur annually in the United States. Chickenpox is typically a mild disease but may be severe in newborn infants, immunocompromised persons, and susceptible adults. Approximately 90 fatal cases of chickenpox are reported annually. Infants born to women who contract varicella in the first or second trimester of pregnancy may be afflicted with congenital varicella syndrome, with abnormalities in the skin, limbs, eyes, and central nervous system. In approximately 15% of chickenpox cases, subsequent reactivation in the form of zoster (shingles) occurs; shingles is particularly prevalent and severe in persons who are elderly or immunocompromised.

A varicella vaccine was licensed for use in the United States in 1995. A similar vaccine has been widely used in Japan and Korea. The varicella vaccine has been shown to be highly efficacious in children (70% to 90% effective at preventing all clinical disease, 95% effective at preventing severe disease). Clinical disease that does occur in vaccinated children tends to be less severe than that experienced by nonimmunized children. Varicella vaccine has not been as well studied in adults. Because adults tend to have a poorer immune response to the vaccine, two doses are required to achieve optimal conversion rates. Chickenpox results in considerable costs to society in the form of hospitalizations, lost days of schooling, and lost days of work. Cost-benefit analysis has indicated that routine use of varicella vaccine in children at 1 year of age would result in savings of $384 million per year in the United States.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Children/Adolescents

  • Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), American Academy of Family Physicians, American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Clinicians should routinely vaccinate children between the ages of 12 and 18 months. Children within this age range who have a prior history of chickenpox do not need to be immunized, although the ACIP has stated that it is acceptable to do so. Immunization is also recommended for children 19 months to 12 years of age who lack a prior history of immunization or clinical disease. Serologic testing of children before vaccination is not warranted, because most children aged 12 months to 12 years who do not have a history of chickenpox are susceptible, and the vaccine is well tolerated in seropositive persons. The AAP states that clinicians may decide to offer serologic testing to healthy adolescents who may be susceptible to VZV.

Adults

  • Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Given the high prevalence of immunity in adults who have no history of chickenpox and the results of cost-effectiveness analysis, clinicians may wish to offer serologic testing for varicella susceptibility in lieu of routine immunization to history-negative adults who are likely to comply with return visits. ACIP and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommend vaccination for susceptible persons aged 13 years and over who have close contact with persons at high risk for serious complications (eg, health-care workers and family contacts of immunocompromised persons). ACIP and CDC further state that vaccination should be considered for susceptible persons aged 13 years and over who: (1) live or work in environments in which transmission of VZV is likely (eg, teachers of young children, day-care workers, residents and staff in institutional settings); (2) live or work in environments in which transmission may occur (eg, college students, military personnel); (3) are women of childbearing age (if not pregnant and willing to avoid pregnancy for 1 month); and/or (4) travel internationally (especially if the traveler expects to have close personal contact with local populations).

Basics of Varicella Vaccination

1. Vaccine Types

The single vaccine available in the United States (Varivax®, Merck and Co, Inc) is a live, cell-free preparation. A multiple-antigen, measles-mumps-rubella-varicella (MMR) vaccine is currently being tested.

2. Schedule

Children should receive a single vaccination between 12 and 18 months of age. Older children, up to 12 years of age, should also receive a single vaccination at the earliest convenient date. Children and healthy adults who are immunized after age 13 years should receive two doses of varicella vaccine delivered 4 to 8 weeks apart. Do not administer varicella vaccine until at least 5 months after a patient has received any form of immune globulin or other blood product.

Varicella vaccine and other childhood vaccines may be given simultaneously but at different sites. If varicella vaccine and MMR are not given concurrently, these vaccines should be given at least 1 month apart.

Booster doses are currently not recommended. The duration of immunity provided by varicella vaccine has not been established, and research is needed to determine whether booster doses will be necessary to maintain protection throughout adulthood.

3. Dose and Administration

The recommended dose of varicella vaccine for children and adults is 0.5 mL. Administer the vaccine subcutaneously into the thigh of infants and the deltoid area of older children and adults using a 5/8" to 3/4", 23- to 25-gauge needle.

4. Contraindications/Precautions

There are few, true contraindications to administering vaccinations. See Appendix B, Table B.3 for a listing of valid contraindicaitons.

Varicella vaccine is specifically contraindicated in persons with a history of an anaphylactic reaction to neomycin. VZV should be used with caution in any immunocompromised individual, including individuals taking steroids and recent recipients of blood or blood products (including immunoglobulin). Varicella vaccine should not be given to any pregnant women or women who intend to become pregnant within 1 month of vaccination. Individuals suffering from a severe illness should not be vaccinated until full recovery.

Advise parents to avoid administering salicylates to their children for 6 weeks following vaccination, because of the theoretical risk of developing Reye's syndrome.

5. Adverse Reactions

The vaccine is well tolerated. Transient pain and redness at the injection site are reported by approximately 25% of vaccinees. Fewer than 10% of vaccinees report a mild maculopapular or varicelliform rash, either local or generalized. Because of the small potential for transmission of the vaccine virus, vaccinees in whom a rash develops should avoid contact with immunocompromised susceptible persons. Inadvertent administration of varicella vaccine to individuals who are immune to varicella has not resulted in an increased number of adverse reactions.

Any adverse side effects should be reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). Refer to Table B.4 for a detailed listing of adverse events. VAERS forms and instructions are available in the FDA Drug Bulletin (Food and Drug Administration) and the Physician's Desk Reference or by calling the 24-hour VAERS information recording at (800)822-7967. Refer to Appendix B for details.

6. Patient Education

The US Department of Public Health has developed vaccine information statements about varicella vaccination ( see Patient Resources). Copies of these statements must be available to patients in facilities where federally purchased vaccines are used, and their availability in other settings is encouraged.

7. Vaccine Storage and Handling

The lyophilized vaccine must be stored frozen at an average temperature of -15°C (8°F) or colder. Store the diluent separately at room temperature or in the refrigerator. Use the vaccine within 30 minutes of reconstitution with the supplied diluent. Discard any reconstituted vaccine that is not used within 30 minutes. Handle all vaccine preparations according to manufacturers' instructions.

Patient Resources

  • Childhood Vaccines: What They Are and Why Your Child Needs Them. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Pkwy, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000. Internet address: http://www.aafp.org

  • Vaccine Information Statement -- Chickenpox Vaccine: What you need to know before you or your child gets the vaccine, #I1894. US Department of Health and Human Services. This information is available from the National Immunization Program, Information/Distribution Center, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333, (404)639-8225, Fax (404)639-8828; or the American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Immunization Protects Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Parents Guide to Childhood Immunizations, #00-590; Immunization of Adults: A Call to Action, #00-6040. US Department of Health and Human Services. This material is available from the National Immunization Program, Information/Distribution Center, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225; fax (404)639-8828.

Provider Resources

  • Rules of Childhood Immunization. Immunization Action Coalition, 1573 Selby Ave, Suite 229, St. Paul, MN 55104; (612)647-9009. Internet address: http://www.immunize.org

  • Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule, #I1743; Six Common Misconceptions About Vaccination and How to Respond to Them, #00-6561; Guide to Contraindications in Childhood Vaccines, #00-6562. These and other documents are available from the National Immunization Program, M/S E-34, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333; (404)639-8225; fax (404)639-8828.

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Infectious Diseases. Recommendation[s] for use of live attenuated varicella vaccine. Pediatrics. 1995; 95: 791796. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Prevention of varicella: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR. 1996; 45: (No. RR11)1-36.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule-United States. 1997. MMWR. 1997; 46: 3540. [PubMed]
Lieu T, Cochi SL, Black SB, et al. Cost-effectiveness of a routine varicella vaccination program for US children. JAMA. 1994; 271: 375381. [PubMed]
Patel R, Kinsinger L. Childhood immunizations: American College of Preventive Medicine Practice Policy Statement. Am J Prev Med. 1997; 13(2): 7477. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Adult immunizations.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 66.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Childhood immunizations.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 65.

Children and Adolescents—Counseling

18. Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse

Abuse of alcohol and other drugs is a major health problem for older children and adolescents. Accidental injuries are the leading cause of death for adolescents, and approximately 40% of such injuries are related to alcohol use. Alcohol use has also been implicated in a significant percentage of adolescent homicides and suicides -- the second and third leading causes of death in this age group. Cocaine use leads to increased cardiovascular morbidity and mortality in adolescents and young adults and indirectly contributes to the number of violent deaths of young people that are related to illegal drug activities. Use of illegal drugs is also related to poor school performance, social withdrawal, and family dysfunction.

Drug abuse affects children in all cultural and socioeconomic groups, not only minorities, the poor, and the undereducated. A 1990 survey of high school seniors found that the percentage of white youths reporting use of alcohol, marijuana, and cocaine in the month prior to the survey was higher than that of African-American youths (alcohol: 62.2% versus 32.9%; marijuana: 15.6% versus 5.2%; cocaine: 1.8% versus 0.5%). In this same study, alcohol and marijuana use were found to be directly related to parental educational levels. Higher parental educational levels were associated with greater drug use by the child. In general, the prevalence of alcohol and other drug abuse among females is lower than that among males.

See chapter 53 for information on counseling adults about abuse of alcohol and other drugs. See chapters 24 and 60 for information on counseling about tobacco use and smoking cessation.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Recommends counseling about accidental injury prevention with regard to impaired driving.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • Clinicians should condemn the nontherapeutic use of all psychoactive drugs, including alcohol and nicotine, by children and adolescents. All providers of adolescent health care should discuss the hazards of alcohol and other drug use with their patients as a routine part of risk behavior assessment. Providers should reinforce abstinent behaviors and assess current use with a nonjudgmental approach. Special attention should be paid to the discussion of this issue when risk factors for problem drinking, such as family history of alcoholism, are present. Preventive child health care visits provide an opportunity to inquire about a family history of alcoholism and parental attitudes about alcohol use.

  • American Medical Association --

  • Clinicians should counsel all adolescents on the dangers of substance use and strategies to refrain from use. This approach should be complemented by counseling parents to monitor adolescents' social behaviors. Clinicians should screen adolescents for use of alcohol and other drugs. Previsit questionnaires may be used to determine risk for substance abuse, with direct questioning about actual use during a clinical interview. Once use is identified, a positive response to any of the following questions should alert the health care provider to possible abuse and prompt a referral: Does the adolescent ever use drugs when alone?Does the adolescent ever use alcohol when alone?Does the adolescent ever get drunk or high at social events or have friends who do?Does the adolescent ever consume alcohol on school grounds?Does the adolescent ever miss school because of drinking or hangovers?When truant, does the adolescent ever go drinking or get high on drugs?

  • All adolescent males who participate in high school athletic programs should be asked about their knowledge and use of anabolic steroids. Particular attention should be given to those who participate in sports that require weight and strength, such as football, track and field, and weight-lifting.

  • Bright Futures --

  • Child and adolescent health supervision visits should include interview questions, developmental surveillance questions, and anticipatory guidance that address alcohol and other drug abuse, as well as tobacco use.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • Routine active case-finding of problem drinking among patients in medical practices is highly recommended on the basis of the high prevalence of this problem, its association with adverse consequences before the stage of dependency is reached, and its amenability to a counseling intervention by clinicians. Active case-finding should be performed through structured interviews and questionnaires. Clinicians should be sensitive to the possibility of alcohol-related stressors in offspring of alcoholic or alcohol-abusing parents and in some high-risk groups, particularly children hospitalized for injury. Primary health care providers are in an excellent position to prevent children's injuries by identifying, evaluating, and assisting families in recovery from the effects of family alcoholism.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Screening to detect problem drinking is recommended for all adult and adolescent patients. Screening should involve a careful history of alcohol use and /or the use of standardized screening questionnaires. Routine measurement of biochemical markers is not recommended in asymptomatic persons. Pregnant women should be advised to limit or cease drinking during pregnancy. Although there is insufficient evidence to prove or disprove harms from light drinking in pregnancy, recommendations that women abstain from alcohol during pregnancy may be made on other grounds. All persons who use alcohol should be counseled about the dangers of operating a motor vehicle or performing other potentially dangerous activities after drinking alcohol.

  • There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against routine screening for drug abuse with standardized questionnaires or biologic assays. Including questions about drug use and drug-related problems when taking a history from all adolescents and adult patients may be recommended on other grounds, including the prevalence of drug use and the serious consequences of drug abuse and dependence. All pregnant women should be advised of the potential adverse effects of drug use on the development of the fetus. Clinicians should be alert to the signs and symptoms of drug abuse in patients and refer drug-abusing patients to specialized treatment facilities where available.

Basics of Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse Counseling

Table 18.1. Sample Questions Concerning Drugs for School-aged Children
What have you learned about drugs at school?
Have you and your friends ever talked about drugs?
Have you ever wondered why some people use drugs?
Has anyone ever tried to sell you drugs or tried to force you to take drugs?

Adapted from: Schonberg KS, ed. Substance Abuse: A Guide for Health Professionals. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1988. Used with permission of the American Academy of Pediatrics; copyright 1988.

Table 18.2. Sample Questions Concerning Drug Use for Adolescents
Do most of your friends drink alcohol or smoke marijuana at parties?
Do any of your friends use drugs other than alcohol or marijuana?
Do you smoke cigarettes? How many per day?
Have you ever tried alcohol? Marijuana? Other drugs?
Have you ever been ill as a result of using drugs or drinking? In what way?
Have you ever been in trouble with the law as a result of drugs or alcohol?
Do your parents know that you've used __________ ?
What would (did) they say?
Have you ever worried about your __________ use?
Have you ever been drunk or stoned and driven a car (or motorcycle)?

Adapted from: Schonberg KS, ed. Substance Abuse: A Guide for Health Professionals. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1988. Used with permission of the American Academy of Pediatrics; copyright 1988.

  • 1

    Begin educational discussions with children and parents during the preteen years. Sample questions for discussing drug use with children in this age group are listed in Table 18.1. Similar questions can be used to discuss alcohol use. Inform all children and adolescents of the dangers of alcohol and drug use. Emphasize the dangers of operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Explain the potential risk for exposure to hepatitis B, HIV, and other STDs and the risk of unintended pregnancies from sexual encounters while under the influence of alcohol or other drugs.

  • 2

    Ask parents about their own use of alcohol and other drugs and whether they discuss the use of alcohol and other drugs with their children. Assess whether a family history of alcoholism or other drug use exists and whether family stress places the child at increased risk. See chapter 53 for information on counseling adults about abuse of alcohol and other drugs.

  • 3

    Establish a caring and confidential relationship with adolescent patients. Inform both the parents and the adolescent of the limits of this confidentiality. Such limits can be summarized as follows: absolute confidentiality is not possible if the provider judges the adolescent's actions to be of immediate and serious danger to him/herself or to others. There is a duty to disclose to protect the adolescent from him/herself (eg, suicidality), a duty to warn others of imminent or likely harm (eg, homicidality), and also a duty to report (eg, sexually transmitted diseases and abuse or neglect). Discussions about confidentiality should assure the teen that in all other situations, information will not be shared with parents or others without the teen's permission. Clinicians should reinforce the limits of confidentiality at each visit. Using one or more examples as illustration is also helpful.

  • 4

    Begin by asking children and adolescents about alcohol and drug use in their environment -- at home, school (including use of drugs to enhance athletic ability), or work. This may be less threatening than first asking about their personal use. A set of questions using this indirect approach is listed in Table 18.2.

  • 5

    If a history of alcohol or other drug use is elicited, ask the adolescent in a nonjudgmental manner about the type of drugs used, the quantity and frequency of use, and the setting of use.

  • 6

    Evaluate the extent to which alcohol or other drug use is adversely affecting important aspects of the patient's life, such as school performance, peer relationships, family relationships, work performance, and sexual relationships. "Drinking and You," in The Adolescent Drinking Index, is an evaluation tool designed and tested with adolescents ( see Provider Resources).

  • 7

    Counsel patients at increased risk for hepatitis B, HIV, and other STDs about the importance of screening for these conditions and receiving hepatitis B vaccination.

  • 8

    Remain alert for signs and symptoms of physiologic dependence or withdrawal, such as craving, compulsive alcohol- or drug-seeking behavior, tremulousness, agitation, weight loss, headaches, and changes in mental status.

  • 9

    The presence of significant psychosocial impairment or physiological dependence attributable to alcohol or other drug abuse suggests the need for early referral of the patient for comprehensive evaluation and possible inpatient, outpatient, or day treatment. Be familiar with the range of referral and treatment options in your community. Examples of types of community resources may include behavioral health centers, community mental health centers, alcohol and drug treatment centers specializing in adolescent care, child and adolescent guidance centers (in some states these are part of local public health clinics), and school health centers. The primary care provider may counsel patients who are not seriously impaired.

  • 10

    Chapter 53 discusses basic principles of substance abuse counseling, including:

    • Establishing a therapeutic relationship

    • Making the medical office or clinic off-limits for substance abuse

    • Presenting information about negative health consequences

    • Involving family and other support

    • Setting goals

    • Becoming familiar with community treatment services

    • Providing follow-up

Patient Resources

  • Anabolic Steroids and Athletes. American College of Sports Medicine, PO Box 1440, Indianapolis, IN 46206-1440; (317)637-9200. Internet address: http://www.acsm.org/sportsmed

  • Alcohol: What to Do If It's a Problem for You. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000. Internet address: http://www.aafp.org

  • Alcohol: Your Child and Drugs; Cocaine: Your Child and Drugs; Marijuana: Your Child and Drugs; Teens Who Drink and Drive: Reducing the Death Toll; Inhalent Abuse: Your Child and Drugs. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Let's Talk Facts about Substance Abuse. American Psychiatric Association, 1400 K Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005; (800)368-5777. Internet address: http://www.psych.org

  • National Clearinghouse for Alcohol and Drug Information. Information about numerous publications available in both English and Spanish. (800)729-6686.

Provider Resources

  • The Adolescent Drinking Index. Manual and 25 test booklets (cost $55). Available from Psychological Assessment Resources, Inc, PO Box 998, Odessa, FL 33556; (800)331-TEST.

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, American Academy of Family Physicians, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, NAACOG — The Organization for Obstetric, Gynecologic, and Neonatal Nurses, National Medical Association (joint policy statement). Confidentiality in adolescent health care. In: Policy Reference Guide: A Comprehensive Guide to AAP Policy Statements Published through December 1996. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1997:129.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Adolescence, Committee on Substance Abuse. Marijuana: A continuing concern for pediatricians. Pediatrics. 1991; 88: 10701072. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. Committee on Substance Abuse and Committee on Native American Child Health. Inhalent Abuse. Pediatrics. 1996; 97: 420423. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Substance Abuse. Alcohol use and abuse: a pediatric concern. Pediatrics. 1995; 95: 439442. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Substance Abuse. Role of the pediatrician in prevention and management of substance abuse. Pediatrics. 1993; 91: 10101013. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Substance Abuse. The role of schools in combatting substance abuse. Pediatrics. 1995; 95: 784785. [PubMed]
American Medical Association. Use of alcohol, drugs, and steroids. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Children of alcoholics. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 41.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Early detection and counseling of problem drinking. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 42.
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health; 1994.
National Center for Health Statistics. Health, United States, 1991 Prevention Profile. Hyattsville, Md: Public Health Service; 1992. US Department of Health and Human Services publication PHS 92-1232.
Schonberg KS, ed. Substance Abuse: A Guide for Health Professionals. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1988.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for drug abuse.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 53.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for problem drinking.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 52.

19. Dental and Oral Health

Dental and oral health problems are common in children. Caries and periodontal diseases are the most frequent, but other significant problems include malocclusion, trauma, congenital anomalies, and oral malignancies. Widespread use of fluoride and other preventive dental health practices have led to a significant decrease in the incidence of dental caries. Nonetheless, two thirds of 12- to 17-year-old children have decayed or filled permanent teeth, and among teens aged 13 to 17 years, 73% have some gingival bleeding. In most cases, these problems are preventable, and the dental and oral health status of adults is largely determined by the quality of preventive and treatment services received during childhood.

See chapter 54 for information on dental and oral health counseling for adults. See chapters 24 and 60 for information on counseling on tobacco and smoking cessation.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Primary Care

  • All major dental and medical authorities —

  • Dental and oral health counseling for children and parents should be provided routinely by primary care clinicians.

Dental and Oral Care

  • American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • Referral for the first dental visit should occur at 3 years of age, with frequency of subsequent visits determined by the dentist. Earlier referrals may be appropriate for some children.

  • American Academy of Pediatric Dentistry, American Society of Dentistry for Children, American Dental Association, and Bright Futures --

  • A child's first dental visit should occur at 6 months of age or when the first tooth erupts, whichever comes later, but no later than 1 year of age. Frequency of subsequent visits should be determined by the dentist.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • All patients should be encouraged to visit a dental-care provider on a regular basis, with the optimal frequency determined by the patient's dental-care provider.

Basics of Dental and Oral Health Counseling

1. Begin oral health education and care at an infant's first visit, and continue education and care throughout childhood and adolescence.

2. Assess an infant's need for fluoride supplementation. Only 62% of Americans live in areas with fluoridated community water supplies. If a child lives in an area without an optimally fluoridated community water supply, the water supply should be tested and other sources of fluoride identified before recommending supplementation. Information about fluoride content of community water supplies can be obtained from the local water department.

Table 19.1. Daily Fluoride Dosage (mg) According to Age and Water Supply Content
http://www.aap.org/policy/00781t1.htm
From: American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Nutrition. Fluoride supplementation for children: interim policy recommendations. Pediatrics. 1995;95:777. Reproduced by permission of Pediatrics; copyright 1995.
See Table 19.1 for the recommended dosages for fluoride supplementation. Fluoride supplementation may begin as early as 6 months of age and continue until approximately 16 years of age, if necessary. Fluoride supplements are available as drops (for infants and young children) and as chewable tablets. Prescribe the recommended dose once daily. When chewable tablets are used, encourage children to chew and swish the resultant fluid in the mouth for 30 seconds before swallowing.

3. Instruct parents to wipe their infant's gums and teeth after each feeding, using a moist washcloth or gauze pad. As multiple teeth appear, parents should begin brushing the infant's teeth daily with a small toothbrush and a very small (pea-sized) amount of fluoride-containing toothpaste. Swallowing large amounts of toothpaste by infants and children may lead later to enamel discoloration of permanent teeth because of fluorosis. To avoid gum tissue injury, use a brush with soft end-rounded or polished bristles, and replace it when bristles are bent or worn. Although children should actively participate in their dental care, they should continue to receive assistance from parents or other care givers until they are 7 or 8 years old.

4. Parents can sooth irritability caused by teething by allowing the infant to chew on a cold teething ring, by gently massaging the infant's gums with a finger, or by administering acetaminophen. Advise parents that fever is not a symptom of teething; if fever is present, parents should contact their child's primary care provider.

5. Address strategies to prevent tooth decay from breast- or bottle-feeding. Infants should not be permitted to nurse throughout the night or fall asleep with a bottle containing anything other than water. If a bottle is required to quiet or comfort the infant before sleep, instruct parents to use only water. Also, a child should not be allowed to keep a bottle during the day for extended periods for ad libitum drinking with anything other than water. Parents should encourage infants to begin using a cup instead of a bottle at 1 year of age.

6. Advise parents to talk with their dentist or dental hygienist about when their child should begin using dental floss.

7. Thumb-sucking or use of a pacifier generally does not cause permanent dental problems for children younger than 4 years of age. Children who thumb-suck beyond age 5 years, however, may develop alignment problems of their permanent teeth. These children may need to be referred to a dentist for assessment.

8. Counsel parents about the impact of dietary habits on oral health: Avoid foods that are high in simple sugars or starches or those that are particularly sticky. If snacks are eaten, select them carefully; encourage consumption of raw fruits and vegetables, nuts, and low-sugar drinks. Limit ingestion of sweets to once or twice a day, preferably with a meal.

9. If a child has a permanent tooth knocked out that is intact and whole, rinse it gently without removing any attached tissue, and immediately reinsert it into the socket. If this is not possible, place it in cool water or milk. The child should see a dentist as soon as possible for emergency treatment. Replacement of the tooth within the first hour is critical for long-term retention. Primary teeth should not be reinserted.

10. Advise parents that children between the ages of 5 and 13 years should be evaluated by their dentist regarding the need for dental sealants on newly erupted permanent molars. First molars usually erupt at about 6 years of age and second molars at about 12 years of age. The sealant is most effective if applied soon after eruption, before the decay process has had time to begin.

11. Give children and adolescents special counseling about dental and oral health problems, such as dental injuries and tobacco-related illnesses, for which they are at increased risk. Advise those involved in contact sports to use appropriate mouth protectors and helmets. Advise adolescents of the cosmetic (yellowed teeth, bad breath) and health (lung cancer, heart disease, leukoplakia, and oral and pharyngeal cancers) problems caused by tobacco use. Smokeless tobacco (snuff and chewing tobacco) is a particular problem among adolescents, and its use should be seriously discouraged (chapter 24).

12. When examining the oral cavity, remain alert for signs of oral diseases, such as caries and inflamed or cyanotic gingiva, mucosal changes such as white patches or wrinkling characteristic of spit tobacco, malalignment or crowding of teeth, and mismatching upper and lower dental arches.

13. Transient bacteremia is common during dental procedures, including cleaning. Give antibiotic prophylaxis to children before a dental cleaning or procedure if they have underlying great vessel or heart disease (Tables 54.2 and 54.3).

Patient Resources

  • A Guide to Children's Dental Health; Baby Bottle Tooth Decay: How to Prevent It. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Dental Emergency Procedures; Seal Out Decay; Your Child's Teeth; Smokeless Tobacco: Think Before You Chew; Diet and Dental Health; Smoking Can Really Do a Number on Your Health; Oral Health Guidelines for Special Patients. American Dental Association, Department of Salable Materials, 211 E Chicago Ave, Chicago, IL 60611; (800)947-4746.

  • For a Lifetime of Smiles.... American Dental Hygienists' Association, 444 N Michigan Ave, Suite 3400, Chicago, IL 60611; (312)440-8900. Internet address: http://www.adha.org

  • Baby's Bright Smile. American Society of Dentistry for Children, 875 N Michigan Ave, Suite 4040, Chicago, IL 60611; (312)943-1244.

  • A Healthy Mouth for Your Baby; Prevent Baby Bottle Tooth Decay; Rx for Sound Teeth (Spanish and English); Seal Out Dental Decay (English and Spanish); Kids-Snack Smart for Healthy Teeth, Fever Blisters and Canker Sores, Sealants and Fluorides (bookmark). National Institute of Dental Research, Building 31 Room 2C35, 31 Center Dr MSC 2290, Bethesda, MD 20890-2290; (301)496-4261. Internet address: http://www.nidr.nih.gov

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures in Practice: Oral Health; Bright Futures in Practice: Oral Health Quick Reference Cards. National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

  • Detection and Prevention of Periodontal Disease: A Guide for Health Care Providers. National Institute of Dental Research, Building 31 Room 2C35, 31 Center Dr MSC 2290, Bethesda, MD 20890-2290; (301)496-4261. Internet address: http://www.nidr.nih.gov

  • Getting the Picture on Dental X Rays. FDA Office of Consumer Affairs. HFE 88 Room 1675, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857. (800)532-4440.

Selected References

American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Nutrition. Fluoride supplementation. Pediatrics. 1986; 77: 758761. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Practice and Ambulatory Medicine. Recommendations for pediatric preventive health care. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 373374. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. Committee on Nutrition. Fluoride supplementation for children: interim policy recommendations. Pediatrics. 1995; 95: .
American Academy of Pediatric Dentistry. Reference Manual 1991-1992. Chicago, Ill: American Academy of Pediatric Dentistry; 1991.
American Dental Association. Baby Bottle Tooth Decay. Chicago, Ill: American Dental Association;1989.
American Dental Association. Fluoride compounds. In: Accepted Dental Therapeutics. 40th ed. Chicago, Ill: American Dental Association; 1984.
Brunelle JA, Bhat M, Lipton JA. Prevalence and distribution of selected occlusal characteristics. Journal of Dental Research. 1996; 75: 706713. [PubMed]
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health; 1994.
Greene JC, Louie R, Wycoff SJ. Preventive dentistry: I. Dental caries. JAMA. 1989; 262: 34593563. [PubMed]
Greene JC, Louie R, Wycoff SJ. Preventive dentistry: II. Periodontal diseases, malocclusion, trauma, and oral cancer. JAMA. 1990; 263: 421423. [PubMed]
Heifetz SB. Amounts of fluoride in self-administered dental products: safety considerations forchildren. Pediatrics. 1986; 77: 876882. [PubMed]
Kaste LM, Selwitz RH, Oldakowski RJ, et. al. Coronal caries in the primary and permanent dentition of children and adolescents 1-17 years of age: United States, 1988-1991. Journal of Dental Research. 1996; 75: 631641. [PubMed]
Kaste LM, Gift HC, Bhat M, Swango PA. Prevalence of incisor trauma in persons 6 to 50 years of age: United States, 1988-1991. Journal of Dental Research. 1996; 75: 696705. [PubMed]
Selwitz RH, Winn DM, Kingman A, et al. The prevalence of dental sealants in the US population: Findings from NHANES III, 1988-1991. Journal of Dental Research. 1996; 75: 652660. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Counseling to prevent dental and periodontal disease.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 61.

20. Nutrition

Proper nutrition during childhood is essential for normal growth and development. Inadequate intake of nutrients is reflected in slow growth rates, inadequate mineralization of bones, and low body reserves of micronutrients. The nutrients most commonly deficient in children's diets are iron and calcium. Excessive caloric intake is a greater problem for children in United States than is inadequate caloric intake. Many children are substantially overweight, physically inactive, and have high dietary intakes of total fat and saturated fat. These factors may lead to obesity and poor nutritional habits as adults, resulting in an increased risk of heart disease, type 2 diabetes, high blood pressure, certain types of cancer, and other chronic diseases. Primary care clinicians face the challenge of helping children develop dietary habits that promote growth and development and reduce the risk of chronic diseases later in life.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • Most major authorities, including the American Academy of Family Physicians, American Academy of Pediatrics, American Dietetic Association, American Medical Association, Bright Futures, and US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • Primary care providers should counsel children and adolescents and their parents about proper nutrition. The USPSTF has reported that there is insufficient evidence that nutritional counseling by physicians has an advantage over dietitian counseling or community interventions in changing the dietary habits of patients.

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Counseling should be provided to promote breast-feeding through at least 6 months of age.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics, American Medical Association, Bright Futures, Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination, and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Parents should be counseled about the benefits and techniques of breast-feeding for infants.

  • American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, US Preventive Services Task Force, and Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • Women of childbearing age who are capable of becoming pregnant should consume 0.4 mg of folic acid per day.

Basics of Nutrition Counseling

Younger than 2 Years of Age

  • 1

    Breast milk is the best choice for feeding almost all infants. Encourage mothers to breast-feed for 6 to 12 months, if possible, but even a few weeks is desirable. Breast-feeding is contraindicated in a few situations, such as certain maternal infections or use of certain drugs or medications by the mother. Educate parents about the benefits of breast-feeding and techniques for successfully initiating and maintaining breast-feeding.

  • 2

    Counsel parents to begin introducing single-ingredient foods when infants are developmentally ready, usually at 4 to 6 months of age. A child should be able to sit up with some help, maintain good head and neck control, and accept soft food from a spoon. Infant cereal mixed with breast milk or formula is often a good first choice. Introduce new foods one at a time, at 3- to 5-day intervals, to permit detection of food intolerances.

  • 3

    Encourage use of iron-rich foods, such as iron-fortified infant formula and iron-fortified cereal. Infants who are exclusively breast-fed may need iron supplementation beginning at 6 months of age. Many authorities recommend hemoglobin/hematocrit testing to detect iron deficiency anemia before 1 year of age ( chapter 1).

  • 4

    Advise parents not to feed cow's milk to children younger than 1 year of age, because its nutrient composition is inadequate to meet the needs of younger children. Do not use reduced-fat milk until the child is at least 2 years of age.

  • 5

    Advise parents not to limit fat in children's diets during the first 2 years of life.

  • 6

    Counsel parents not to feed honey to infants during the first year of life because of the risk of infant botulism.

  • 7

    Counsel parents that vitamin supplements have not been proven to be necessary in healthy children who have balanced diets that include a variety of foods. Infants who are exclusively breast-fed, particularly if they are dark-skinned or are not regularly exposed to sunlight, may need vitamin D supplementation.

  • 8

    Children 6 months of age and older who live in areas with low fluoride content in the drinking water may need fluoride supplementation for prevention of dental caries ( chapter 19).

Over 2 Years of Age

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f200_F56-1.jpg.

    Figure 56.1. Food Guide Pyramid: A Guide to Daily Food Choices

From: Human Nutrition Information Service. Food Guide Pyramid: A Guide to Daily Food Choices. Washington, DC: US Department of Agriculture; 1992. (Leaflet No 572) and US Department of Agriculture, US Department of Health and Human Services. Nutrition and Your Health: Dietary Guidelines for Americans. 4th ed. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office; 1995.

  • 1

    Counsel parents that children, like adults, need a balanced diet that includes a wide variety of foods. The US Departments of Agriculture and Health and Human Services have published the Dietary Guidelines for Americans and the Food Guide Pyramid (Figure 56.1) to assist the public in planning a healthful diet.

  • 2

    Help parents and children choose a diet that is low in total fat (30% or less of total calories), saturated fat (less than 10% of total calories), and cholesterol. Encourage inclusion of poultry (without skin), fish, lean meat, low-fat and skim milk products, cooked dry peas and beans, whole-grain breads and cereals, and fruits and vegetables.

  • 3

    Encourage parents and children to use sugar and salt only in moderation and to choose foods with low or reduced sugar and salt content.

  • 4

    Advise children, particularly adolescent girls, and their families to eat foods rich in calcium (such as milk and milk products) and iron (such as lean meats, dry legumes, fortified cereals, and whole-grain products).

  • 5

    Counsel parents and children about the importance of maintaining a healthy weight. A child's weight should be related to height, age, body build, and other factors that may influence weight. The limits of "healthy" weight are not well defined for children. As a rule of thumb, however, weight-for-height values from the 5th through the 95th percentiles (chapter 3) can be considered "healthy." However, for individuals with a family history of obesity-related diseases or conditions, such as high blood pressure or abnormal lipid patterns, a weight lower than the 85th percentile is desirable.

  • 6

    Weight reduction through dieting or other means is not advisable for children and adolescents, because they are still growing. Counsel overweight children and their parents to strive to maintain the child's weight at a constant level as the child continues to grow, while increasing physical activity to improve fitness and to avoid gaining weight. Ask patients about their dietary habits and determine if they try to limit their food intake for any reason. Pay special attention to individuals who participate in sports requiring stringent weight standards or those who perceive their weight to be too high.

  • 7

    Discuss the use of dietary supplements. Advise patients that vitamin supplements have not been proven to be necessary in normal children and adolescents with balanced diets. Those who live in areas with low fluoride content in the drinking water may need fluoride supplements to prevent dental caries until approximately 16 years of age (chapter 19).

  • 8

    Advise adolescent females of the following options for comsuming adequate amounts of folic acid:
    • Consumption of a diet consistent with the Dietary Guidelines for Americans (chapter 56) and the Food Guide Pyramid (Figure 56.1) is likely to provide the proper amount of folic acid. Dry beans, leafy green vegetables, and citrus fruits are good sources of folic acid.

    • Consumption of fortified foods, such as breakfast cereals, may help patients consume enough folic acid.

    • Folic acid supplement pills and multivitamin preparations containing 0.4 mg folic acid are available.

    • Caution patients against consuming more than 1 mg of folic acid daily, because the effects of excess folic acid are not well known. Such effects may include a delay in the detection of vitamin B12 deficiency, thus allowing neurologic damage to progress. However, women who have had a previous neural tube defect-affected pregnancy should consult with their clinicians several months before they plan to become pregnant about consuming a higher dose of folic acid. Public health measures to fortify the US food supply with folic acid are currently being implemented.

Patient Resources

  • The Gift of Love; Feeding Kids Right Isn't Always Easy: Tips for Preventing Food Hassles; Growing Up Healthy: Fat, Cholesterol and More; Right from the Start: ABC's of Good Nutrition for YoungChildren; What's to Eat? Healthy Foods for Hungry Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Nutrition and Sports Performance: A Guide for High School Athletes. American College of Sports Medicine, PO Box 1440, Indianapolis, IN 46202-1440; (317)634-7817.

  • Nutrition and Your Health: Dietary Guidelines for Americans; The Food Guide Pyramid. These booklets are available through the Cooperative Extension System, or contact the Superintendent of Documents, US Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402; (202)783-3238.

  • The Food Guide Pyramid: Beyond the Basic 4. Food Marketing Institute, 800 Connecticut Ave NW, Washington, DC 20006.

Provider Resources:

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Nutrition. Pediatric Nutrition Handbook.3rd ed. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academyof Pediatrics; 1993.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Nutrition. The promotion of breast-feeding: [recommendations of the Councils of the Society for Pediatric Research (SPR) and American Pediatric Society (APS), and of the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP)]. Pediatrics. 1982; 69: 654661. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Nutrition. The use of whole cow's milk in infancy. Pediatrics. 1992; 89: 11051109. [PubMed]
American Medical Association. Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS). Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1992.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. The periodic health examination: 2. 1984 update. Can Med Assoc J. 1984; 130: 12781285. [PubMed]
Cunningham AS. Morbidity in breast-fed and artificially fed infants. J Pediatr. 1977; 90: .
Freed GL, Landers S, Schanler RJ. A practical guide to successful breast-feeding management. Am J Dis Child. 1991; 145: 917921. [PubMed]
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health; 1994.
Mallick MJ. Health hazards of obesity and weight control in children: a review of the literature. Am J Public Health. 1983; 73: 7882. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. National Cholesterol Education Program: Report of the Expert Panel on Blood Cholesterol Levels for Children and Adolescents. Pediatrics. 1992; 89(suppl 3): 525584. [PubMed]
US Department of Agriculture, US Department of Health and Human Services. Nutrition and Your Health: Dietary Guidelines for Americans. Washington, DC: US Goverment Printing Office; 1995. Home and Garden Bulletin 232.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Counseling to promote a healthy diet.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 56.
US Public Health Service. Recommendations for the use of folic acid to reduce the number of cases of spina bifida and other neural tube defects. MMWR. 1992; 41: 17.
US Public Health Service. The Surgeon General's Report on Nutrition and Health. Washington DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1988. DHHSPHS publication 88-50210.

21. Physical Activity

Most Americans, including American children and adolescents, are not physically active. Although the health consequences of physical inactivity usually become apparent in adulthood, the early changes that lead to their development may begin in childhood and adolescence. Physical activity, even moderate levels, confers significant health benefits including: building and maintaining healthy bones, muscles, and joints; controlling weight; reducing body fat; and preventing or delaying the development of hypertension and diabetes. Further, physical activity patterns developed in childhood and adolescence are believed to influence adult activity patterns.

According to the 1996 Report of the Surgeon General on Physical Activity and Health, only about half of young persons in the United States aged 12 to 21 years regularly participate in vigorous physical activity. The level of participation in all types of physical activity declines strikingly as age or grade in school increases. Physical education requirements in schools vary widely in terms of days per week and total physical education requirements. During the first half of the 1990s, total enrollment of high school students in physical education remained unchanged, although daily attendance in physical education classes decreased from 42% to 25%. A corollary of escalating physical inactivity among children and adolescents is the increase of obesity among this age group. A 55-year follow-up study by Must, Jacques, Dallai, Bajema, and Dietz (Selected References) that controlled for adult weight found that being overweight in adolescence was a more powerful predictor of premature mortality than was being overweight as an adult.

See chapter 57 for information about physical activity counseling for adults. See chapters 20 and 56 for information on nutrition counseling for children and adolescents and adults, respectively.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Family Physicians and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Counseling to promote regular physical exercise is recommended for all children and adults.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • Clinicians should assess the frequency, type, and duration of physical activities during any health supervision visit for a child 3 years of age or older. They should teach the importance of regular moderate-to-vigorous physical activity as a way to prevent illness in adult life. Parents should be encouraged to serve as role models by participating in regular physical activity, ideally with their child or as a family. Clinicians should also serve as role models by participating in regular physical activity themselves, work with schools to promote daily physical education, encourage measurements of physical fitness in physical education classes, and develop the ability to perform or refer children for body composition analysis, such as skinfold measurement.

  • American College of Sports Medicine --

  • The health-care professions need to become more actively involved in promoting physical fitness for children and youth. Health-care professionals can make a major impact by promoting and supporting physical fitness programs for children and youth.

  • American Medical Association --

  • Adolescents should receive annual counseling about the benefits of exercise and should be encouraged to engage in safe exercise on a regular basis.

  • Bright Futures --

  • Parents, children, and teenagers should be counseled regarding physical activity using open-ended trigger questions, developmental surveillance questions, and anticipatory guidance.

  • National Institutes of Health Consensus Panel on Physical Activity and Cardiovascular Health --

  • All Americans should engage in regular physical activity at a level appropriate to their capacity, needs, and interest. Children and adults should set a goal of accumulating at least 30 minutes of moderate-intensity physical activity on most, and preferably, all days of the week.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Clinicians should encourage regular physical activity, encouraging a variety of self-directed, moderate-level physical activities that can be incorporated in an individual's daily routine. The effectiveness of physician counseling to change patients' physical activity behaviors is not proven.

Basics of Physical Activity Counseling

Table 21.1. Sports Guidelines for Children with Certain Medical Conditions
http://www.aap.org/policy/00464t2.htm
Adapted from: American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Sports Medicine and Fitness. Medical Conditions Affecting Sports Participation. Pediatrics. 1994; 94:757-760. Used with permission of the American Academy of Pediatrics, copyright 1994.
  • 1

    Use every office visit as an opportunity to inquire about the physical activity habits of both children and parents. The physical activity levels of parents and parental encouragement of physical activity can strongly influence children.

  • 2

    Preschool children generally do not need structured activities to achieve physical fitness; they need only a safe environment in which to express their innate curiosity and natural propensity for active exploration. School-aged children may benefit from participating in more structured activities.

  • 3

    Encourage involvement in physical activities for enjoyment, not only for competition. Unpleasant experiences with competition in sports can discourage children from involvement in physical activity.

  • 4

    Encourage involvement in physical activities that can be enjoyed into adulthood, such as walking, running, swimming, basketball, tennis, golf, dancing, or bicycle riding.

  • 5

    Encourage activities that can easily be incorporated into a child's daily routine and enjoyed all year. Activity levels tend to decrease significantly in the winter months.

  • 6

    Counsel children and parents about the importance of engaging in a variety of activities that help develop a range of abilities.

  • 7

    Stress the appropriate use of safety equipment, such as helmets and pads.

  • 8

    Counsel that the use of cigarettes, alcohol, and other drugs impairs performance and may increase the risk for injuries.

  • 9

    Encourage children with functional limitations to participate fully in appropriate physical activities. The American Academy of Pediatrics has issued sports guidelines for children with certain medical conditions (Table 21.1).

  • 10

    Advise children and adolescents that they can reduce the risk of musculoskeletal injuries by following proper training techniques, avoiding sudden changes or increases in activity, and having current or prior injuries properly addressed before playing.

  • 11

    Advise all adolescents of the dangers of anabolic steroids and other performance-enhancing drugs.

  • 12

    Establish an office or clinic environment that conveys the message that physical activity is valued, using posters, pamphlets, and other means.

Patient Resources

  • Better Health and Fitness Through Physical Activity; Sports and Your Child. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Get Fit: A Handbook for Youth Ages 6-17; Kids in Action: Fitness for Children Ages 2-17; Presidential Sports Awards: 4-Month Qualifications for Anyone Ages 6 and Up; The Physician's Rx: Exercise. The President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports, 701 Pennsylvania Ave, SW, Suite 250, Washington, DC 20004; (202)272-3421.

  • Anabolic Steroids and Athletes; Nutrition and Sports Performance: A Guide for High School Athletes; Weight Loss and Wrestlers; Youth Fitness. American College of Sports Medicine, Public Information Department, PO Box 1440, Indianapolis, IN 46206-1440; (317)637-9200. Internet address: http://www.acsm.org/sportsmed

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington VA, 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

  • Physician-based Assessment and Counseling for Exercise. Project PACE, San Diego State University, San Diego, CA 92182-0567; (619)594-5949.

  • Sports Medicine: Health Care for Young Athletes, 2nd ed; Pre-Participation Physical Evaluation, 2nd ed; A Self Appraisal Checklist for Health Supervision in Scholastic Athletic Programs. American Academy of Pediatrics. PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians, Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Psychosocial Aspects of Child and Family Health. Guidelines for Health Supervision.3rd ed. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Sports Medicine and Fitness. Assessing physical activity and fitness in the office setting. Pediatrics. 1994; 93: 686689. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Sports Medicine and Fitness. Fitness, activity, and sports participation in the pre-school child. Pediatrics. 1992; 89: 10021004.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Sports Medicine and Fitness. Medical conditions affecting sports participation. Pediatrics. 1994; 94: 757760. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Sports Medicine and Fitness. Strength training, weight and power lifting, and body building by children and adolescents. Pediatrics. 1990; 86: 801803. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Sports Medicine. Counseling families. In: Sports Medicine: Health Care for Young Athletes. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1983: chap 2.
American College of Sports Medicine. Physical fitness in children and youth. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1988; 20: 422423.
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendation: physical fitness. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 6.
Baranowski T, Bouchard C, Bar-Or O, et al. Assessment, prevalence, and cardiovascular benefits of physical activity and fitness in youth Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1992;24(suppl):S237-S247 View this and related citations using.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Physical activity counseling. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 47.
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health; 1994.
Must A, Jacques PF, Dallai GE, Bajema CJ, Dietz WH. Long-term morbidity and mortality of overweight adolescents: a follow-up of the Harvard Growth Study of 1922 to 1935. N Engl J Med. 1992; 327: 13501355. [PubMed]
Pate RR, Small ML, Ross JG, Young JC, Flint KH, Warren CW. School Physical Education. J School Health. 1995; 65(8): 312317. [PubMed]
Physical Activity and Cardiovascular Health. NIH Consensus Statement Bethesda, Md: National Institutes of Health. 1995:13(3):1-33 BR>View this and related citations using.
Sallis JF, Simons-Morton BG, Stone EJ, et al. Determinants of physical activity and interventions in youth Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1992;24(suppl):S248-S257 BR>View this and related citations using.
US Department of Health and Human Services. Physical Activity and Health: A Report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta, Ga: US Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion; 1996.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Counseling to promote physical activity.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 55.

22. Safety

Injuries are the number one cause of death for children in the United States. Each year childhood injuries result in 20,000 deaths, 600,000 hospitalizations, and 16 million visits to emergency rooms, with an associated cost of approximately $165 billion.

Almost half of the injury-related deaths of children involve motor vehicles. Other causes of unintentional childhood injuries are drowning, burns and scalds, choking, firearms, falls, poisoning, and sports.

The vast majority of unintentional childhood injuries are preventable. Children at a higher risk of injury include males, children with previous serious injuries, children in families with low income, and children in families with young mothers. Among adolescents, alcohol and drug use are significant risk factors.

For additional information on safety, refer to chapter 26, which deals with counseling children and adolescents on violent behavior and firearms, and to chapter 55 for information about counseling adults about injury prevention.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • All major authorities, including American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), Bright Futures, Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination, and US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Age-specific safety counseling should be provided as a part of routine well-child care. American Academy of Family Physicians specifies counseling for accidental injury prevention, including (as appropriate) child safety seats, lap and shoulder belt use, bicycle safety, motorcycle helmet use, poison control center numbers, and driving while intoxicated. AAP specifies unintentional injury counseling as appropriate for traffic safety, burn prevention, fall prevention, poisoning prevention, drowning, water safety, sports safety, and firearm safety.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Healthy, sleeping infants should be positioned on the back, instead of prone, to decrease the risk of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS).

Basics of Safety Counseling

Encourage parents to learn basic life-saving skills, including cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).

Counsel parents to teach their children to dial 911 or other local emergency numbers.

Encourage parents to teach their children self-esteem and how to handle peer pressure that might result in risk-taking behavior that may interfere with making good safety decisions.

Encourage parents to be good role models for safe behavior. In particular, counsel parents to avoid drinking alcohol before or while driving, to always wear a seat belt and bicycle helmet, and to drive within the posted speed limit.

Be attentive to issues involving limited parental and community access to resources for child safety. Be aware of programs in your practice community offering affordable, reliable equipment, devices, and assistance for parents of limited means, and have referrals to these sources available at the time of counseling.

Specific Safety Topics

Choking and Suffocation

Advise parents to keep objects that can cause suffocation (such as plastic bags) and choking (such as coins, small toy parts, and certain foods, including whole grapes, gum, peanuts, popcorn kernels and pieces of raw carrots, and hot dogs) away from small children.

Drowning

Inform parents that children can drown in small depths of water such asmay be contained in buckets, toilets, bathtubs, and wading pools. Empty and store buckets after use. Never leave infants in the bathtub without supervision.

  • Do not allow children to swim alone.

  • Advise parents to protect their children from drowning by installing fences around swimming pools/spas; fences should be at least 4 ft (1.2 m) high with completely self-closing gates.

Electrical Safety

Advise parents to keep unused electrical outlets covered with plastic guards or to install breaker outlets. Ground fault interrupter circuits (GFIC) should be used in bathrooms and other areas where water is likely to touch bare skin.

Fall Prevention

  • Safety gates: Advise parents to use safety gates (preferably not the accordion type) across stairways (both top and bottom), to install window guards above the first floor, and to move furniture away from upper-story windows so children cannot use the furniture to climb onto the window sill.

  • Baby Walkers: Baby walkers are associated with more injuries each year than any other baby product. If they are used, strict supervision must be maintained to avoid falls down stairwells.

Fire and Burn Prevention

  • Water heaters: Counsel parents to protect their children from scald burns by reducing the temperature setting of their water heater to 49° C (120° F), if possible, or install anti-scald devices on bathroom and kitchen faucets.

  • Smoke detectors : Counsel parents about the importance of using smoke alarms to prevent residential fire injuries. Emphasize proper installation, semiannual battery changes, and monthly checks to make sure they work. Discuss the use of a family fire drill and escape plan.

Firearms

Advise parents about the dangers of keeping a firearm in the home. If a gun is kept in the home, counsel parents to keep it unloaded and locked up separately from the ammunition.

Motor Vehicle Safety

  • Car seats: Use of child safety seats is required by law in all 50 states. Counsel parents to install child safety seats in the rear seat of the car, preferably in the middle, and to use them every time children ride. Safety seats should be used until children weigh at least 40 lbs (18 kg). Safety seats should face backward until children weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) or reach 1 year of age. Failure to properly secure either the child in the seat or the seat in the car is common; therefore, urge parents to take particular care when securing both.

  • Booster seats/Seat belts: Advise parents to have their children sit in the rear seat of cars and to use safety belts every time they ride. Until children grow tall enough so that the lap belt stays low on their hips and the shoulder belt crosses their shoulders or until children's ears come above the top of the vehicle seat back, they should use properly secured booster seats. Remind parents that children should not ride in the cargo areas of pickup trucks, vans, or station wagons.

  • Air bags: Infants riding in rear-facing safety seats should never be placed in the front seat of a vehicle equipped with a passenger-side air bag. Children should ride in a car's rear seat. If a vehicle does not have a rear seat, children riding in the front seat should be positioned as far back as possible from an air bag.

  • Impaired driving: Advise children and adolescents to avoid riding in a vehicle driven by anyone who has been or is drinking. Counsel adolescents not to drink and drive.

Poison Ingestion

Remind parents to keep medicines and other dangerous substances locked up and in child-resistant containers, to have the local poison control center telephone number posted in a prominent place near the telephone, and to keep a 1-oz bottle of syrup of ipecac at home and to replace it when it reaches its expiration date. Advise parents not to administer syrup of ipecac without first consulting with a poison control center or health care professional.

Pedestrian Safety

Encourage parents to teach and demonstrate pedestrian safety to their children. Remind them that children younger than aged 9 to 12 years need supervision when crossing streets, depending on the density and speed of traffic.

Recreational Safety

  • A safety helmet approved by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Snell Memorial Foundation, or the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) should be worn by all persons every time they ride or are a passenger on a bicycle. Helmets should also be worn while using roller skates, in-line skates, and skateboards.

  • Wrist guards, elbow pads, and knee pads should be worn by all children of all ages using roller skates, in-line skates, and skateboards.

  • Personal flotation devices should be worn by every child engaged in any boating activity.

Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS)

Advise parents that positioning sleeping infants on their backs, rather than prone, may decrease the risk of SIDS.

Patient Resources

  • Auto Safety Hot Line. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: (800)424-9393.

  • Child Safety: How to Keep Your Home Safe for Your Baby. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000. Internet address: http://www.aafp.org

  • Fun in the Sun: Keep Your Baby Safe; 1995 Family Shopping Guide To Car Seats: Guidelines for Parents. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Reduce The Risk of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS). Brochures available in English and Spanish. Back to Sleep, PO Box 29111, Washington, DC 20040; (800)505-2742.

  • Safe Kids Gear Up Guide; How to Protect Your Child From Injury. These and other injury-prevention magazines, brochures, posters, videos, and other materials are available from the National SAFE KIDS Campaign, 1301 Pennsylvania Ave NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004; (202)662-0600.

  • US Consumer Product Safety Commission, Publication Requests, Washington, DC 20207. Brochures about preventing injuries from toys, household goods, and other common items. Available in English and Spanish; (800)638-2772.

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

  • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control; Internet address: http://www.cdc.gov/ncipc

  • The Injury Prevention Program (TIPP). American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • A Guide to Safety Counseling in Office Practice; Physician's Resource Guide for Bicycle Safety Education; Injury Prevention for Children and Youth. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Office of Occupant Protection, NTS-13, 400 7th St SW, Washington, DC 20590; (202)366-2727.

  • US Consumer Product Safety Commission, Washington, DC 20207. Recorded messages, in both English and Spanish, (800)638-2772.

  • Injury Control News. Association for the Advancement of Injury Control, 888 17th St NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20006; (202)296-6161.

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians, Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Accident and Poison Prevention. Office-based Counseling for Injury Prevention. Pediatrics. 1994; 94: 566567. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Accident and Poison Prevention. Injury prevention. Selecting and using the most appropriate car seats for growing children: Guidelines for counseling parents. Pediatrics. 1996; 97: 761763. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Practice and Ambulatory Medicine. Recommendations for pediatric preventive health care. Pediatrics. 1995; 96: 373374. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. The Injury Prevention Program (TIPP). Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1989.
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Automobile Passenger Restraints for Children and Pregnant Women. Washington, DC: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 1991. ACOG Technical Bulletin 151.
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendation: intentional and unintentional injuries. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 4.
Baker SP, O'Neill B, Ginsberg, Li G. The Injury Fact Book.New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 1995.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Prevention of household and recreational injuries in children (<15 years of age). In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 28.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Prevention of motor vehicle accidents. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 44.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Air-bag-associated fatal injuries to infants and children riding in front passenger seats — United States. MMWR. 1995; 44(45): 845847. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Childhood injuries in the United States. [A priority issue.] Am J Dis Child. 1990;144:627-646 View this and related citations using.
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
National Committee for Injury Prevention and Control. Injury prevention: meeting the challenge Am J Prev Med. 1989;5(3)(suppl) View this and related citations using.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Counseling to prevent household and recreational injuries. In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 58.

23. Sexually Transmitted Diseases and HIV Infection

Sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), including infection with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), represent a major health problem for adolescents. Approximately 3 million American teenagers acquire an STD annually. According to national surveys of male and female high school students taken in 1990, 1991, 1993, and 1995, the proportion of students who reported being sexually experienced (having ever had sexual intercourse) has remained stable, ranging from 53.0% to 54.2%. In contrast, the percentage of those who reported condom use at last sexual intercourse increased significantly, from 46.2% in 1991 to 54.4% in 1995. Despite the increase in condom use, many adolescents continue to be at risk for STDs, including HIV infection, because they engage in unprotected sexual intercourse.

The consequences of sexually transmitted diseases can be very serious for teenagers. Female adolescents are more susceptible to certain STDs than older adult women because of the histology of their cervix. Gonorrhea and chlamydial infection lead to pelvic inflammatory disease and potential sterility. Although the primary phase of syphilis is relatively asymptomatic, the later stages of this disease may cause great damage to multiple organ systems. Human papilloma virus (HPV) infection, which may be the most prevalent sexually transmitted disease in adolescents, can lead to cervical cancer. Transmission of HIV may be facilitated by the presence of other STDs. During pregnancy, STDs, if left untreated, can lead to serious consequences for the fetus or newborn child, including congenital infection and malformations, prematurity, low birth weight, and increased mortality.

Adolescents at high risk for HIV infection and other STDs include those who: (1) have unprotected intercourse; (2) are homosexual or bisexual males; (3) have been sexually abused by or have had sexual contact with individuals with documented STDs/HIV infection or injection drug use; (4) have a past history of STDs; (5) trade sex for money or drugs; and/or (6) use drugs, particularly if injected, or alcohol.

Refer to chapter 40 for information on screening for STDs and HIV infection. See chapter 59 for information on counseling adults about STDs and HIV infection. See chapters 25 and 61 for related information on counseling adolescents and adults to prevent unintended pregnancy. See chapters 14 and 48 for information about hepatitis B in children and adults, respectively.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Adolescents should be counseled about the risks for sexually transmitted diseases and how toprevent them.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics --

  • As a routine part of health supervision, adolescents should be asked about sexual behavior and provided with counseling about responsible sexual behavior, including contraception and prevention of STDs and HIV. Clinicians should encourage abstaining from intercourse as the surest way to prevent STDs, including HIV infection, and pregnancy in adolescents. Adolescents who have been sexually active previously should be counseled regarding the benefits of postponing future sexual relationships. Clinicians should actively support and encourage the use of reliable contraception and condoms by adolescents who are sexually active or contemplating sexual activity. The responsibility of male as well as female adolescents in preventing unintended pregnancies and STDs should be emphasized. Clinicians need to be actively involved in community programs directed toward this goal.

  • American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists --

  • Adolescents should be routinely counseled about sexual practices and sexually transmitted diseases, including partner selection and use of barrier protection.

  • American Medical Association --

  • All adolescents should be asked annually about involvement in sexual behaviors that may result in unintended pregnancy and STDs, including HIV infection. This should include their use of and motivation to use condoms. All sexually active adolescents should be screened for gonorrhea and chlamydia; high-risk adolescents should be screened for syphilis; and HIV testing should be offered to high-risk adolescents.

  • American Nurses Association --

  • Education about the risks of HIV infection, basic sex information, including the option of abstinence, and the essential features of safer sex practices should be a major priority within community health practice, with a special emphasis in school health settings and school-based clinics.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • Adolescents should be counseled on sexual activity, and sexually active adolescents should be advised about the correct use of condoms.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • All adolescent and adult patients should be advised about risk factors for sexually transmitted diseases and HIV infection and counseled appropriately about effective measures to reduce risk of infection. This recommendation is based on the proven efficacy of risk reduction, although the effectiveness of clinician counseling in the primary care setting is uncertain. Counseling should be tailored to the individual risk factors, needs, and abilities of each patient. Assessment of risk should be based on a careful sexual and drug use history and consideration of the local epidemiology of STDs and HIV infection. Patients at risk of STDs and HIV infection should receive information on their risk and be advised about measures to reduce their risk. Effective measures include abstaining from sex, maintaining a mutually faithful monogamous sexual relationship with a partner known to be uninfected, regular use of latex condoms, and avoiding sexual contact with high-risk individuals (eg, injection drug users, commercial sex workers, and persons with numerous sex partners). Women at risk of STDs should be advised of options to reduce their risk in situations when their male partner does not use a condom, including the female condom. Warnings should be provided that using alcohol and drugs can increase high-risk sexual behavior. Persons who inject drugs should be referred to available drug treatment facilities, warned against sharing drug equipment and, when possible, referred to sources for uncontaminated injection equipment and condoms. All patients at risk for STDs should be offered testing in accordance with USPSTF recommendations for screening for syphilis, gonorrhea, chlamydia, genital herpes, hepatitis B, and HIV infection (chapter 40).

Basics of STD and HIV Counseling

Table 23.1. Guidelines for Proper Condom Use
Use condoms made of latex rather than natural membrane.
Do not use torn condoms, those in damaged packages, or those with signs of age (brittle, sticky, discolored, past expiration date).
Put the condom on the penis before it touches a partner's mouth, vagina, or anus.
Put the condom on the penis when it is erect. Make sure you have the rim side up so you can unroll it all the way down to the base of the penis, before the penis comes in contact with a body opening.
Leave a space at the tip of the condom to collect semen; remove air pockets in the space by pressing the air out towards the base.
Use only water-based lubricants. Lubricants such as petroleum jelly, mineral oil, cold cream, vegetable oil, or other oils may damage the condom.
Use of Nonoxynol 9 inside the condom or inside the vagina may increase protection against STDs and HIV infection. However, if spermicides cause local irritation, they may increase the risk of HIV infection. Nonoxynol 9 does not give added protection in anal intercourse.
Replace a broken condom immediately.
After ejaculation and while the penis is still erect, withdraw the penis while holding the condom carefully against the base of the penis so that the condom remains in place.
Do not reuse condoms.

Adapted from: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Update: barrier protection against HIV infection and other sexually transmitted diseases. MMWR. 1993;42:589-591, 597.

  • 1

    Establish a trusting, caring relationship with both patients and parents. Sensitivity to the cultural and personal needs of patients and families is essential.

  • 2

    Counsel parents about the role of emerging sexuality in teenagers' lives and the importance of preventing STDs and HIV infection. Foster effective communication between adolescents and parents regarding responsible, safe sexual behavior.

  • 3

    Provide an atmosphere in which adolescents feel comfortable discussing their sexual behaviors. Conduct interviews without parents being present. Explain to both patients and parents the importance and limits of confidentiality in the clinician's relationship with patients.

  • 4

    Begin discussing sexual behavior and drug use indirectly by asking patients about the behavior of their friends and peers before moving to an explicit discussion of the patient's own knowledge, attitudes, behaviors, and beliefs. See Tables 18.2 and 59.1 for examples of questions used to take clinical histories about sexual behavior and drug use.

  • 5

    Counsel all adolescents that abstinence is the most effective way to prevent STDs and HIV infection. Offer support to adolescents who wish to abstain from sexual activity.

  • 6

    Provide explicit education to adolescents about which sexual practices and drug use behaviors will put them and their partners at high risk for STDs and HIV infection and about measures that will minimize risk (eg, use of condoms). Provide explicit education about the long- and short-term consequences of STDs and HIV infections. Provide this education, as appropriate, to preadolescents as well.

  • 7

    Ensure that adolescents understand that their partners' sexual and drug behaviors can put them at risk. A thorough drug use history is important not only because HIV and hepatitis B can be transmitted through injection drug use but also because of the "disinhibiting" effects of alcohol and other drug use, which can lead to unsafe behaviors responsible for transmission of STDs and HIV.

  • 8

    Contact the state or local health agency responsible for communicable disease reporting to determine the local prevalence of STDs and HIV infection. This agency also can provide information regarding state and local laws regulating testing, confidentiality, and reporting cases of infection. See Appendix C for information on notifiable diseases.

  • 9

    Counsel all adolescents about the importance of using condoms properly to prevent STDs and HIV infection (Table 23.1). Many adolescents, particularly those who are younger, are hesitant to purchase condoms on their own. Counsel adolescents about how to purchase condoms and about access to other sources of condoms. Some authorities advocate providing condoms at office visits.

  • 10

    Provide educational materials about prevention of STDs and HIV infection to patients and parents. (Patient Resources.)

Patient Resources

  • Being a Teenager: You and Your Sexuality; Sexually Transmitted Diseases. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, 409 12th St, SW, Washington, DC 20024-2188; (800)762-2264; Internet address: http://www.acog.com

  • Sex Education: A Bibliography of Educational Materials for Children, Adolescents, and Their Families. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016; Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • The Correct Use of Condoms: A Message to Teens. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927, (800)433-9016; Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Know the Facts about HIV and AIDS. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016; Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Teenagers and HIV (#329 536); Children, Parents, and HIV (#329 540). American Red Cross. Contact your local chapter.

  • On the Teen Scene: Preventing STDs. Contact the FDA Office of Consumer Affairs. HFE 88 Room 1675, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857. (800)532-4440.

  • Jimmy and the Eggs Virus. To order this parent-information booklet and other materials on pediatric AIDS, contact the National Pediatric HIV Resource Center, 15 S Ninth St, Newark, NJ 07107; (201)268-8251.

  • Surgeon General's Report to the American Public on HIV Infection and AIDS; Condoms and Sexually Transmitted Diseases...Especially AIDS. CDC National AIDS Information Hot Line: (800)342-AIDS (English); (800)344-SIDA (Spanish); (800)AIDS-TTY (hearing impaired). All phone calls are confidential.

  • HIV in America: A Profile of the Challenges Facing Americans Living With HIV. National Association of People Living with AIDS, 1413 K St, NW, Washington, DC 20005; (202)898-0435.

  • National STD Hot Line: (800)227-8922 or (809)765-1010 (Spanish; call collect).

Provider Resources

  • Hemophilia and AIDS Network for the Dissemination of Information, 110 Green St, New York, NY 10012. For information on hemophilia and HIV, call: (800)424-2634.

  • HIV and AIDS in Children: Questions and Answers. National Pediatric HIV Resource Center, 15 S Ninth Street, Newark, NJ 07107; (201)268-8251. Internet address: http://www.wdcnet.com/peds.aids

  • National AIDS Information Clearinghouse, PO Box 6003, Rockville, MD 20850. To order brochures on STDs, HIV, AIDS, and AIDS-related diseases or a Fact Sheet packet, call: (800)458-5231 (English and Spanish).

  • Pediatric Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Infection. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60007-0927, (800)433-9016; Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Adolescent Sexuality: Guidelines to Professional Involvement. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927, (800)433-9016; Internet address: http://www.aap.org

Selected References

AIDS & Adolescents Network of New York. HIV Antibody Counseling and Testing for Adolescents: Policy Recommendations and Practical Guidelines. New York, NY: AIDS & Adolescents Network of New York; 1992.
American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Adolescence. Contraception and adolescents. Pediatrics. 1990; 86: 134138. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Adolescence. Homosexuality and adolescence. Pediatrics. 1993;92(4);631-634.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Adolescence. Sexually transmitted diseases. Pediatrics. 1994; 94(4): 901905.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Adolescence. Sexuality, contraception, and the media. Pediatrics. 1986; 78: 535536. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Psychosocial Aspects of Child and Family Health. Guidelines for Health Supervision III. 2nd ed. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1996.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on School Health. Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome education in schools. Pediatrics. 1988; 82: 278280. [PubMed]
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. The Adolescent Obstetric-Gynecologic Patient. Washington, DC: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 1990. ACOG Technical Bulletin 145.
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Guidelines for Women's Health Care. Washington, DC: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 1996.
American Medical Association. Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS). Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1992.
Boekeloo BO, Schamus LA, Simmens SJ, Cheng TL. Tailoring STD/HIV prevention messages for young adolescents Academic Medicine. 1996:71 October Suppl:S97-99 View this and related citations using.
Boekeloo BO, Schamus LA, Cheng TL, Simmens SJ. Young adolescents' comfort with discussion about sexual problems with their physician. Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine. 1996; 150: 11461152.
Brookman RR. Adolescent Sexual Behavior. In: Holmes KK, Mardh P, Sparling PF, Wiesner PJ, eds. Sexually Transmitted Diseases. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Book Co; 1990: chap 8.
Cates W. The epidemiology and control of sexually transmitted diseases in adolescents. Adolescent Medicine: State of the Art Reviews. 1990; 1: 409427.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Trends in sexual risk behavior among high school students — United States, 1990, 1991, and 1993 MMWR. 1995;44:124-125; 131-132 View this and related citations using.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. CDC surveillance summaries: youth risk behavior surveillance — United States, 1995. MMWR. 1996;45 (No. SS-4).
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Update: barrier protection against HIV infection and other sexually transmitted diseases MMWR. 1993;42:589-591,597 View this and related citations using.
Hatcher RA, Stewart F, Trussell J, et al. Contraceptive Technology 1990-1992. New York, NY: Irvington Publishers; 1990.
Institute of Medicine. The Hidden Epidemic: Confronting Sexually Transmitted Diseases. Eng TR, Butler WT, eds. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 1997.
US Department of Health and Human Services. Sexually transmitted diseases. In: Healthy People 2000: National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service; 1991: chap 19. DHHS publication PHS 91-50212.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Counseling to prevent human immunodeficiency virus infection and other sexually transmitted diseases.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 62.

24. Tobacco

Tobacco use continues to be the single largest cause of preventable illness and death in the United States. Cigarette use is related to heart disease, lung and esophageal cancer, and chronic lung disease. Smokeless tobacco use is associated with numerous cancers, including cancers of the gum, mouth, larynx, pharynx, and esophagus.

The decision to start smoking is often made during the teenage years. Approximately 22% of high school students now report smoking cigarettes daily. However, cigarette smoking is becoming increasingly common among younger children. Surveys indicate that 10% to 25% of children try cigarettes before or during sixth grade. Similarly, use of smokeless or chewing tobacco is increasing among children and adolescents. An estimated 11.4% of high school students use smokeless tobacco. The majority of smokeless tobacco users begin by 13 years of age, and some begin as early as 4 or 5 years of age. Nicotine addiction is rapidly established; therefore, initiation of tobacco use by youth perpetuates tobacco-related chronic health problems in our country. In 1993, smoking-related illnesses cost the nation $50 billion in direct health care costs.

Exposure to environmental tobacco smoke is a potential health hazard for infants and children. An estimated 31.2% of children aged 10 years and younger are exposed to tobacco smoke daily in their homes. Passive smoking can exacerbate the symptoms of asthma and allergies and decrease pulmonary function. The rates of lower respiratory tract infection and middle ear effusions are higher in children who are exposed to environmental tobacco smoke. Each year, an estimated 300,000 children suffer from lower respiratory tract infections attributable to environmental tobacco smoke.

Parental smoking is a risk factor for the initiation of smoking by youth. Children from families in which one or both parents smoke are twice as likely to smoke as are those whose parents do not smoke. See chapter 60 for information about smoking cessation.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • All major authorities, including American Academy of Family Physicians, American Academy of Pediatrics, American Medical Association, Bright Futures, Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination, National Cancer Institute, Smoking Cessation Guideline Panel convened by the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Primary care clinicians should counsel both parents and children about the importance of abstaining from initiating tobacco use and of stopping tobacco use after initiation.

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Children, adolescents, and young adults should be counseled on the risks of tobacco use. Parents who smoke while children are in the house should be counseled regarding the harmful effects of smoking on children's health. All tobacco users should be provided with tobacco cessation counseling on a regular basis. Clinicians should discuss nicotine replacement therapy as an adjunct for smoking cessation with patients desiring to quit smoking.

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Inquiry into tobacco use and smoke exposure should be a routine part of pediatric health supervision visits. Clinicians should inform parents of the dangers of environmental tobacco smoke and the implications and complications of exposing their children to tobacco smoke. Information about available smoking cessation assistance should be offered. Discussion and anticipatory guidance about smoking and tobacco use should begin well before the patient enters junior high school, with particular emphasis on the importance of resisting the influence of advertising and the peer group. Clinicians should obtain a history of environmental tobacco smoke exposure when encountering a child with a respiratoryillness.

  • American Medical Association --

  • Adolescents should receive annual screening and health guidance to promote avoidance of tobacco use. A cessation plan should be provided for adolescents who use tobaccoproducts.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • There is good evidence to support counseling for smoking cessation in the periodic health examination for individuals who smoke. There is fair evidence to support counseling to prevent smoking initiation for adolescents. Counseling by physicians has not been evaluated but given the burden of disease, the benefits of preventing addiction, the effectiveness of other smoking-related counseling, and the support of expert opinion, all children and adolescents should be counseled on avoiding tobacco use.

  • National Cancer Institute --

  • Clinicians treating children should follow five principles that start with the letter A in counseling about smoking prevention/cessation:

  • 1

    Anticipate the risk for tobacco use at each developmental stage.

  • 2

    Ask about exposure to tobacco smoke and tobacco use at each visit.

  • 3

    Advise all smoking parents to stop and all children not to use tobacco products.

  • 4

    Assist children in resisting tobacco use; assist tobacco users in quitting.

  • 5

    Arrange follow-up visits as required.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Tobacco cessation counseling is recommended on a regular basis to all patients who use tobacco. Parents of children living at home should be counseled on the potential harmful effects of smoking on child health. Anti-tobacco messages should be included in health promotion counseling of children and adolescents based on the proven efficacy of risk reduction from avoiding tobacco use, although the evidence for the effectiveness of clinical counseling to prevent the initiation of tobacco use is less clear. Clinicians should support school-based programs to prevent initiation of tobacco use.

Basics of Tobacco Counseling: Preventing Initiation of Use

  • 1

    Maintain a smoke-free environment in the medical office or clinic. Do not permit smoking by staff, patients, or their parents. Post no-smoking signs, and provide literature about the importance of smoking cessation and avoiding tobacco use.

  • 2

    Obtain a history for all patients regarding tobacco use in the child's household and day-care or school settings. If parents or other family members smoke, stress the importance of stopping. Emphasizing the negative health consequences for the child can be an effective strategy in dealing with parents.

  • 3

    Advise all parents to quit smoking, and support parents who desire to quit smoking, with either counseling or referral (chapter 60). Discourage use of ineffective measures, such as blowing smoke away from a child, attempting to increase ventilation in a room, or smoking in another but contiguous room.

  • 4

    Begin in the early elementary school grades to discuss tobacco use and its negative effects. When discussing avoidance of tobacco use or smoking cessation with children or adolescents, emphasize the unattractive cosmetic (stained teeth and fingernails, oral sores, and foul-smelling breath and clothes) and athletic (decreased endurance, shortness of breath) consequences of tobacco use. Also emphasize the negative social consequences, such as disapproval by peers. Such strategies generally are more effective with children and adolescents than is discussing the long-term health consequences.

  • 5

    Elicit information in a nonthreatening manner. Having the parents leave the room is often helpful. Discussion during a physical examination is often well received by children and adolescents. Adolescents may be asked to complete a previsit questionnaire, which is a nonthreatening way to reveal information about tobacco use and other sensitive issues.

Patient Resources

  • Chew or Snuff Is Real Bad Stuff; Why Do You Smoke? National Cancer Institute. Superintendent of Documents, Consumer Information Center — 3C, PO Box 100, Pueblo, CO 81002.

  • Stop Smoking Kit; Smoking: Steps To Help You Break the Habit. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000; Internet address: http://www.aafp.org

  • Through with Chew. American Academy of Otolaryngology, 1 Prince St, Alexandria, VA 22314; (703)836-4444.

  • Smoking: Guidelines for Teens; Tobacco Abuse -- A Message to Parents and Teens; Straight Talk About Smokeless Tobacco; Smoking: Straight Talk for Teens; Environmental Tobacco Smoke: A Danger for Children. American Academy of Pediatrics, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016; Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • Smoking and Reproductive Health; Smoking in Women. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, 40912th St SW, Washington, DC 20024; (800)762-2264; Internet address: http://www.acog.com

  • Smokeless Tobacco: Think Before You Chew; Smoking Can Really Do A Number on Your Health. American Dental Association, Department of Salable Materials, 211 E Chicago Ave, Chicago, IL 60611; (800)947-4746.

  • You Can Quit Smoking: Smoking Cessation Consumer Guide, Clinical Practice Guideline Number 18. Publication number 96-0695. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research, Publications Clearinghouse, PO Box 8547, Silver Spring Md 20907; (800)358-9295, Also available through InstantFAX at (301)594-2800 (push 1 and start, wait for directions);Internet address: http://www.ahcpr.gov

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance Cards. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington VA, 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

  • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Information and Prevention Source Page: http://www.cdc.gov/tobacco

  • Clinical Interventions To Prevent Tobacco Use by Children and Adolescents. National Cancer Institute; (800)4-CANCER; Internet address: http://cancernet.nci.nih.gov

  • Doctors Helping Smokers. For information about this office-based tobacco cessation program and video, contact: Doctors Helping Smokers at Blue Plus, PO Box 64179, R 3-11, St Paul, MN 55164; (800)382-2000, ext 1975.

  • How To Help Your Patients Stop Smoking: A National Cancer Institute Manual for Physicians; How To Help Your Patients Stop Using Tobacco: A National Cancer Institute Manual for the Oral Health Team. Office of Cancer Communications, National Cancer Institute, Bldg 31, Rm 10A16, Bethesda, MD 20892; (800)4-CANCER; Internet address: http://cancernet.nci.nih.gov

  • Helping Smokers Quit: A Guide for Primary Care Clinicians, Clinical Practice Guideline No. 18, AHCPR Publication No. 96-0693. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research, Publications Clearinghouse, PO Box 8547, Silver Spring, MD 20907; (800)358-9295. Also available through InstantFAX at (301)594-2800 (push 1 and start, wait for directions).Internet address: http://www.ahcpr.gov

  • Nurses: Help Your Patients Stop Smoking. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Smoking Education Program, PO Box 30105, Bethesda, MD 20824-0105; (301)251-1222; Available in both English and Spanish. Internet address:gopher://fido.nhlbi.nih.gov:70/11/nhlbi/health/lung/other/prof/nrsmk

  • On the Teen Scene: Young People Talk with FDA Commissioner About Smoking. FDA Office of Consumer Affairs, HFE 88 Room 1675, 5600 Fishers Ln, Rockville, MD 20857; (800)532-4440.

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Environmental Hazards. Involuntary smoking — a hazard to children. Pediatrics. 1986; 77: 755757. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Environmental Hazards. Smokeless tobacco — a carcinogenic hazard to children. Pediatrics. 1985; 75: 10091011.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Substance Abuse. Tobacco-free environment: an imperative for the health of children and adolescents. Pediatrics. 1994; 93: 866868. [PubMed]
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendations: use of tobacco products. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994: chap. 10.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Prevention of tobacco-caused disease. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 43.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Health-care provider advice on tobacco use to persons aged 10-22 years — United States, 1993. MMWR. 1995; 44: 826830.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. United States, Youth Risk Behavior Survey, 1995. In: Tobacco use and usual source of cigarettes among high school students-United States, 1995. MMWR. 1996; 45(20): 413418. [PubMed]
Epps RP, Manley MW. Clinical Interventions to Prevent Tobacco Use by Children and Adolescents. Bethesda, Md: National Cancer Institute, US Department of Health and Human Services; 1991.
Epps RP, Manley MW. A physician's guide to preventing tobacco use during childhood and adolescence. Pediatrics. 1991; 88: 140144. [PubMed]
Fiore MC, Bailey WC, Cohen SJ, et al. Smoking Cessation. Clinical Practice Guideline No. 18. Rockville, Md: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. AHCPR Publication No. 96-0692. April 1996.
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 1994.
Mannino DM, Siegel M, Husten C, et al. Environmental tobacco smoke exposure and health effects in children: results from the 1991 National Health Interview Survey. Tobacco Control. 1996; 5: 1318. [PubMed]
McGinnis JM, Shopland D, Brown C. Tobacco and health: trends in smoking and smokeless tobacco consumption in the United States. Annu Rev Public Health. 1987; 8: 441467. [PubMed]
Schonberg KS, ed. Substance Abuse: A Guide for Health Professionals. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1988.
University of Michigan. Cigarette Smoking Continues to Rise Among American Teenagers in 1996. Ann Arbor, Mich: The University of Michigan News and Information Services; December 19, 1996, news release, Monitoring the Future project.
US Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Inspector General. Spit Tobacco and Youth. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office; 1992.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Counseling to prevent tobacco use.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 54.

25. Unintended Pregnancy

The rate of pregnancies among teenagers in the United States currently exceeds that of any other country in the western world. During the year 1990, one in 10 female adolescents in the United States aged 15 to 19 years became pregnant. Of teenage pregnancies, approximately 95% are unintended, and 40% are terminated by elective abortion. Among nonwhite teenagers, the rates of unintended pregnancies are nearly twice those of white teenagers. Young women with the least familial, educational, and financial resources are the most likely to become pregnant. As a result, teenage pregnancies are more likely than adult pregnancies to result in adverse health outcomes for both mother and baby, largely because of prenatal care delays, poor nutrition, and other lifestyle factors.

Recent data reveal a decrease in teenage sexual activity in the United States, with a concurrent increase in the rate of teenage contraceptive use. Previous surveys had demonstrated an increasing trend in teenage sexual activity since the 1970s. In 1995, 50% of females and 55% of males aged 15 to 19 years reported ever having sexual intercourse. These figures represent a decline from prior years (down from 55% of females in 1990 and 60% of males in 1988).

Approximately two-thirds of teenagers report using contraception (almost exclusively condoms) during their first sexual intercourse, and 78% report contraception usage during their most recent sexual intercourse. Younger adolescents are the least likely to use a contraceptive method when compared with either older teenagers or young adults.

See chapter 61 for information on counseling to prevent unintended pregnancy in adults. See chapters 23 and 59 for related information on counseling to prevent sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection among adolescents and adults, respectively. See chapters 14 and 48 for related information on hepatitis B in children and adults.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • All major authorities, including American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), American Medical Association (AMA), Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination, and US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) --

  • Primary care providers should routinely counsel adolescents in the prevention of unintended pregnancies. AAP recommends that all pediatricians who choose to see teenagers should be able to provide counseling about sexual behavior, education on contraceptive methods and prevention of STDs, and assistance with access to contraception, preferably in the office or, if necessary, by referral. ACOG recommends that special attention be given to ensure that sexually active adolescents have access to suitable methods of contraception. AMA recommends that all adolescents should be asked annually about involvement in sexual behaviors that may result in unintended pregnancy and STDs, including HIV infection. USPSTF recommends that counseling be based on information from a careful history that includes direct questions about sexual history, current and past use of contraception, level of concern about pregnancy, and past history of unintended pregnancies. The USPSTF also recommends that clinicians inform adolescent patients that abstinence is the most effective way to prevent unintended pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases; the effectiveness of abstinence counseling has not yet been established. Clinicians should involve young pubertal patients (and their parents, when appropriate) in early, open discussion of sexual development and effective methods to prevent unintended pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases.

Basics of Counseling To Prevent Unintended Pregnancy

1. Ask all adolescents about their sexual experiences and use of contraceptives. Attempt to maintain a nonjudgmental, empathetic manner. This discussion can begin with questions about the patient's peer group before moving on to more explicit questions about the patient's own sexual behavior. State your willingness to answer any questions and to provide contraceptive advice and prescriptions. Provide adolescents with explicit information about the consequences of pregnancy and STDs and about effective methods to prevent them.

2. Counsel adolescents individually, assuring the patient that you will maintain confidentiality to the maximum extent possible. State laws vary regarding the minimum age at which an adolescent may consent to treatment, receive prescription contraceptives, or both. Become familiar with the laws in your state regarding these issues. Inform adolescents about their legal rights to confidentiality regarding pregnancy prevention and STD testing and treatment.

3. Counsel parents about the role of emerging sexuality in teenagers' lives, desire for privacy, and the options for contraception. Fostering effective communication between adolescents and their families regarding responsible sexual behavior is very important.

4. Support the decision of adolescents who choose to be sexually abstinent.

5. All patients should be encouraged and supported in their efforts to resist unwelcome or coercive sexual relationships.

6. Assist sexually active adolescents in choosing an effective, appropriate primary method of contraception. The choice should take into consideration the patients' personal preferences and motivation, religious beliefs, cultural norms, and relationship with their partner(s).

Table 61.1. Percentage of women experiencing an unintended pregnancy during the first year of typical use and the first year of perfect use of contraception and the percentage continuing use at the end of the first year, United States
Method% of Women Experience an Unintended Pregnancy within the First Year of Use% of Women Continuing Use at One Year 3
Typical Use 1Perfect Use 2
Chance 48585
Spermicides 526640
Periodic abstinence2563
Calendar9
Ovulation method3
Sympto-thermal 62
Post-ovulation1
Withdrawal194
Cap 7
Parous women402642
Nulliparous women20956
Sponge
Parous women402042
Nulliparous women20956
Diaphragm 720656
Condom 8
Female (Reality®)21556
Male14361
Pill571
Progestin only0.5
Combined0.1
IUD
Progesterone T2.01.581
Copper T 380A0.80.678
LNg 200.10.181
Depo-Provera0.30.370
Norplant ® (6 capsules)0.050.0588
Female sterilization0.50.5100
Male sterilization0.150.10100
1

Among typical couples who initiate use of a method (not necessarily for the first time), the percentage who experience an accidental pregnancy during the first year if they do not stop use for any other reason.

2

Among couples who initiate use of a method (not necessarily for the first time) and who use it perfectly (both consistently and correctly), the percentage who experience an accidental pregnancy during the first year if they do not stop use for any other reason.

3

Among couples attempting to avoid pregnancy, the percentage who continue to use a method for 1 year.

4

The percents becoming pregnant in columns (2) and (3) are based on data from populations where contraception is not used and from women who cease using contraception in order to become pregnant. Among such populations, about 89% become pregnant within 1 year. This estimate was lowered slightly (to 85%) to represent the percent who would become pregnant within 1 year among women now relying on reversible methods of contraception if they abandoned contraception altogether.

5

Foams, creams, gels, vaginal suppositories, and vaginal film.

6

Cervical mucus (ovulation) method supplemented by calendar in the pre-ovulatory and basal body temperature in the post-ovulatory phases.

7

With spermicidal cream or jelly.

8

Without spermicides.

Adapted from: Hatcher RH, Stewart F, Trussel J, et al. Contraceptive Technology. 17th Rev Ed. New York, NY: Irvington Publishing; 1998 (in press). Used with permission of the publisher. Copyright 1997.

See Table 61.1 for the pregnancy ("failure") rates of women during the first year of contraceptive use. The two most popular contraceptive methods among adolescents are oral contraceptives and condoms. Oral contraceptives can confer the benefits of less painful menstrual periods and regular, predictable cycles. Implants or injectable contraceptives may also be appropriate choices for teens. In general, diaphragms, cervical caps, withdrawal, and periodic abstinence are technically more difficult methods for teenagers to use effectively. Intrauterine devices (IUDs) are not recommended for adolescents because of the increased risk of pelvic inflammatory disease, which may lead to sterility. Permanent sterilization procedures are not appropriate for adolescents and are prohibited for individuals under age 21 years when Federal funds are involved. In situations of unprotected intercourse, suggesting use of emergency oral contraceptives (morning-after pills) may be appropriate if treatment can be initiated within 72 hours after sexual contact. See chapter 61 for a discussion on emergency contraception.

7. Encourage all sexually active adolescents to use condoms as a means of preventing STDs and HIV infection, even if they are using another form of contraception. Stress that latex condoms used consistently and correctly are an effective method for both pregnancy protection and disease prevention. Many teenagers, particularly those at younger ages, are hesitant to purchase condoms. Educating teenagers about their rights to purchase condoms and about access to other sources of condoms can be helpful. Some authorities recommend making condoms available to teenagers during office visits.

8. Encourage adolescents of both sexes to talk frankly with their partners about STDs, HIV, and hepatitis B infection, and the use of contraceptives. Encourage adolescents to be assertive with their partners about using contraception and protective measures against STDs. Also stress that saying "no," is every person's right each and every time.

9. Provide male adolescents with as much counseling as that provided to females about contraception and STD prevention. Instruct young adolescent males about responsible sexual behavior at an early age, particularly regarding the importance of condom use.

Table 25.1. Addressing Adolescents' Common Concerns About Oral Contraceptives
ConcernResponse
Weight gainWomen are as likely to lose weight as gain weight while using oral contraceptives.
Irregular bleedingThis is a common side effect that tends to resolve after a few cycles of use if oral contraceptives are taken consistently and at the same time each day.
Nausea, acne, vaginal dischargeThese are uncommon side effects. They can usually be eliminated by changing to a different type of pill.
Cancer riskOral contraceptive use decreases risk of endometrial and ovarian cancer. An increased risk of breast cancer is unproven.
Sexually transmitted diseasesOral contraceptive use does not prevent STDs but does decrease the risk of developing pelvic inflammatory disease. Latex condoms are the only form of birth control that can help prevent STDs and HIV infection.
Ovarian cysts, benign breast diseaseThe incidence and severity of these are decreased by oral contraceptive use.
Blood clotsWhile the risk of thromboembolism in oral contraceptive users may be increased over that of the general population, the risk to teenagers, especially those who do not smoke, is minimal.

Adapted from: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Safety of Oral Contraceptives for Teenagers. Washington, DC: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 1991. ACOG Committee Opinion No 90. Reproduced by permission of the publisher; copyright © 1991.

10. Provide adolescents with close follow-up after they begin using contraceptives. Adolescents often discontinue contraceptive use unnecessarily because of concerns about side effects and misconceptions about proper technique. Many such concerns and misconceptions can be easily dealt with in follow-up counseling. Table 25.1 provides sample responses to some common concerns of adolescents about oral contraceptives.

Patient Resources

  • Being a Teenager: You and Your Sexuality; Teaching Your Children About Sexuality, Growing Up. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, 409 12th St SW, Washington, DC 20024; (800)762-2264. Internet address: http://www.acog.com

  • Birth Control: Choosing the Method That's Right for You. American Academy of Family Physicians, 8880 Ward Pkwy, Kansas City, MO 64114-2797; (800)944-0000. Internet address: http://www.aafp.org

  • Emergency Contraception Website. The Office of Population Research at Princeton University. Internet address: http://opr.princeton.edu/ec/index.html

  • Emergency Contraception Hotline. The Office of Population Research at Princeton University. (800)584-9911.

  • How to Talk With Your Child About Sexuality, Decisions About Sex; How to Talk to Your Teenagers About the Facts of Life. Planned Parenthood, 810 Seventh Ave, New York, NY 10019; (212)541-7800.

  • Making the Right Choice: Facts Young People Need to Know About Avoiding Pregnancy; Talking to Your Teen About Sex; The Correct Use of Condoms: A Message to Teens. American Academy of Pediatrics, 141 Northwest Point Blvd, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016. Internet address: http://www.aap.org

Provider Resources

  • The Adolescent and Young Adult Fact Book; Evaluating Your Adolescent Pregnancy Program: How to Get Started; Teenage Pregnancy Prevention Strategies; What About the Boys? Children's Defense Fund, 25 E St NW, Washington, DC 20001; (202)628-8787.

Selected References

Abma J, Chandra A, Mosher W, et al. Fertility family planning, and women's health: new data from the 1995 National Survey of Family Growth. National Center for Health Statistics. Vital Health Stat 23(19); 1997.
American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics. Counseling the Adolescent About Pregnancy Options. Pediatrics. 1989; 83: 135137. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. Committee on Adolescence: Contraception and Adolescents. Pediatrics. 1990; 86: 134138. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics. Committee on Adolescence: condom availability and youth. Pediatrics. 1995; 95: 281285. [PubMed]
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Safety of Oral Contraceptives for Teenagers. Washington, DC: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 1991. ACOG Committee Opinion No. 90.
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. The Adolescent Obstetric-Gynecologic Patient. Washington, DC: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 1990. ACOG Technical Bulletin No. 145.
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendations: psychosexual development and the negative health consequences of sexual behavior. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 7.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Prevention of unintended pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases in adolescents. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 46.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. The periodic health examination: 2. 1987 update. Can Med Assoc J. 1988; 138: 618626. [PubMed]
Centers for Disease Control. Sexual behavior among high school students: United States, 1990. MMWR. 1992; 4: 885888.
Center for Population Options. Teenage Pregnancy and Too-Early Childbearing: Public Costs, Personal Consequences.5th ed. Washington, DC: Center for Population Options; 1990.
Hatcher RA, Stewart F, Trussell J, et al. Contraceptive Technology 1994-1996 16th rev. ed. New York, NY: Irvington Publishers, 1996.
Hatcher RA, Trussell J, Stewart F, et al. Contraceptive Technology. 17th rev ed. New York, NY: Irvington Publishers; 1998, in press.
Healthy People 2000: Midcourse Review and 1995 Revisions. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services. Public Health Service; 1995.
Spitz AM, Velebil P, Koonin LM, et al. Pregnancy, abortion, and birth rates among US adolescents— 1980, 1985, and 1990. JAMA. 1996; 275: 989994. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Counseling to prevent unintended pregnancy.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 63.
Ventura SJ, Taffel SM, Mosher WD, Henshaw S. Trends in pregnancies and pregnancy rates, United States, 1980-88. Monthly Vital Statistics Report. Hyattsville, Md: National Center for Health Statistics. 1993;41:6(suppl). US Department of Health and Human Services publication PHS 93-1120.

26. Violent Behavior and Firearms

Violence is a major health and social problem affecting children and adolescents in the United States. Homicide is the second leading cause of death among all 15- to 24-year-olds. For African-American males and females aged 15 to 24 years and Hispanic males aged 15 to 24 years, homicide is the leading cause of death. Firearms are involved in more than two thirds of homicides involving children and adolescents. A high percentage (41%) of school-aged boys report having easy access to a gun; handguns are in one of every four homes in the United States. According to Kellerman (1986), for every report of a gun being used in self-defense within the home, 40 shooting deaths of family members or acquaintances, by suicide, nonjustifiable homicide, and accidents, are reported.

For adolescent males, the risk of dying as a result of homicide is more than twice that of adolescent females, and their risk of victimization from other violent crimes is three times greater. However, adolescent females should not be overlooked as victims of violence, in particular dating violence, sexual assault, and rape. Urban adolescents, both males and females, of low socioeconomic status and low educational achievement are at greatest risk of being affected by violence. Other risk factors include a history of juvenile detention or incarceration, alcohol or other drug use, access to firearms, homelessness, mental illness, social isolation, and violence in the home. The risk factors for victims and perpetrators of violence are similar.

For information about depression and suicide, see chapter 5 (for children and adolescents) and chapter 33 (for adults). For information about alcohol and other drug abuse, see chapter 18 (for children and adolescents) and chapter 53 (for adults). For information about safety and injury prevention, see chapter 22 (for children and adolescents) and chapter 55 (for adults).

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Pediatrics and Bright Futures --

  • Children, adolescents, and their parents should be questioned about impulsiveness, antisocial behavior, and methods of dealing with anger. The clinician should be concerned about adolescents who display aggressive or acting-out behaviors, such as lying, stealing, temper outbursts, vandalism, excessive fighting, and destructiveness. Health-care providers should encourage families who own firearms to create a gun-safe home environment, with particular emphasis placed on high-risk homes -- those with alcohol or drug-prone or drug-addicted individuals and those with adolescent boys. This should include asking about the presence of guns in the home; counseling patients, parents, and relatives (particularly male relatives) on the dangers of having a gun, especially a handgun, in the home; advising the removal or a reduction in the number of guns in the household; providing office literature on the risks of guns; and emphasizing gun safety rules when patients visit friends' homes. Asking about the presence of a gun in the home and, if one is present, counseling on its removal or secured storage may be the most effective action the primary care clinician can take.

  • American Medical Association --

  • Parents or other adult care-givers of adolescents should be given health guidance during their children's early, middle, and late adolescence (more often if necessary) to avoid having weapons in the home and, if weapons are kept in the home, to make them inaccessible to adolescents. Adolescents should be counseled to avoid the use of weapons. Weapons should be removed from homes of adolescents with suicidal intent.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • There is currently insufficient evidence to recommend for or against clinician counseling to prevent morbidity and mortality from youth violence. Adolescent patients should be screened for problem drinking. Clinicians may wish to inform patients (and the parents of child and adolescent patients) of the risk to household members associated with the presence of firearms in the home. Clinicians should also be alert for symptoms and signs of drug abuse and dependence, the various presentations of family violence, and suicidal ideation in persons with established risk factors. In settings where the prevalence of violence is high, clinicians should ask adolescents and young adults about previous violent behavior or victimization, current alcohol and drug use, and the availability of handguns and other firearms. Clinicians should inform those identified as being at high risk for violence about the risks of violent injury associated with easy access to firearms and with intoxication with alcohol or other drugs.

Basics of Counseling about Violent Behavior and Firearms

1. Make preventing violence-related injuries a priority. Assess every child and family for the potential for injury from violence. Factors to consider include:

  • Is there a history of violent injury to the child or other family members?

  • Is there a history of alcohol or other drug abuse by the child or other family members?

  • Are guns or other weapons kept in the home?

  • Are violence-related injuries prevalent in the community?

2. Advise all parents about the dangers of keeping a gun in the home. This advice may be better accepted if it is given as part of general counseling on safety-related issues. The following model intervention has been suggested by the American Academy of Pediatrics and the Center To Prevent Handgun Violence (1994):

You are doing all you can to make sure your children are not hurt — by using a car seat, buckling up safety belts in the car, locking away poisonous chemicals, and putting safety latches on kitchen cabinets. Along with these safety measures, I urge you to take another. Easy-to-reach, loaded guns at home are risky. The safest thing for your family is not to have a gun at home. If you keep a gun at home, be sure to empty it out and lock it up at all times. Lock and store the bullets in a separate location.

From: American Academy of Pediatrics, Center To Prevent Handgun Violence. STOP: Steps to Prevent Firearm Injury. Washington, DC: Center To Prevent Handgun Violence; 1996, 2nd edition. Reproduced by permission of the publisher; copyright 1996.

3. Urge parents who keep a gun in the home to follow basic rules of safety:

  • Never keep a loaded gun in the house or car.

  • Keep guns and ammunition locked in separate places.

  • Always treat a gun as if it were loaded and ready to fire.

  • Never allow children access to guns.

  • Have a gunsmith check antique and souvenir guns to be sure they are not loaded. Fix these guns so they cannot be fired.

From: American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Injury Control for Children and Youth. Firearms. In: Injury Control for Children and Youth. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1987. Reproduced by permission of the American Academy of Pediatrics; copyright 1987.

4. Advise parents to inquire about the availability of guns in places their children spend time, such as at friends' houses, schools, and recreation facilities. Suggest to parents that limiting their children's access to these places may be wise until guns are no longer available. Encourage parents to take an active role in limiting the availability of guns in their children's environment.

5. Asking first about violence in an adolescent's environment (at school, at friends' houses) before asking specifically about their personal experiences may be less threatening.

6. When treating patients who have injuries that may have been caused by violence, ask specific questions about the cause of the injury. If the injury was caused by violence, attempt to determine if the conflict has been settled or has the potential to lead to further violence. The following sample questions have been suggested for use in this situation*:

  • Have you settled it?

  • Is there anyone who can settle this -- someone who can talk for you and explain your side?

  • Do you know where to go if this is not settled?

  • Are you safe?

7. Despite the desirability of maintaining confidentiality, consulting parents, police, and other authorities may be necessary to protect the safety of children and adolescents involved in potentially violent situations.

8. Ask patients about ways in which they deal with anger*.

  • Emphasize that anger is a normal emotion.

  • Encourage young people to consider alternative ways of dealing with anger.

  • Offer positive ways to deal with anger and arguments, the leading precipitators of homicide.

*From: Violence Prevention Project. Identification and Prevention of Youth Violence: A Protocol for Health Care Providers. Boston, Mass: Violence Prevention Project, Department of Health & Hospitals; 1992. Reproduced by permission of the publisher; copyright 1992.

9. Provide facts about violence with a variety of media in the office or clinic, such as posters, videotapes, and brochures.

10. Encourage participation in activities aimed at ensuring safe communities.

Patient Resources

  • Raising Children to Resist Violence: What You Can Do; Child Sexual Abuse: What It Is and How to Avert It. American Academy of Pediatrics, 141 Northwest Point Blvd, PO Box 927, Elk Grove Village, IL 60009-0927; (800)433-9016; Internet address: http://www.aap.org

  • The Abused Woman. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, 409 12th St SW, Washington, DC 20024-2188; (202)638-5577; Internet address: http://www.acog.com

  • What Can You Do About Family Violence? (#NC110992) American Medical Association, 515 N State St, Chicago, IL 60610; (800)621-8335; Internet address: http://www.ama-assn.org

  • STOP: Steps to Prevent Firearm Injury. American Academy of Pediatrics and the Center To Prevent Handgun Violence. To order, contact the Center To Prevent Handgun Violence, 1225 I St NW, Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20005; (202)289-7319.

Provider Resources

  • Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents; Bright Futures Pocket Guide; Bright Futures Anticipatory Guidance. Available from the National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health, 2000 15th Street North, Suite 701, Arlington VA, 22201-2617; (703)524-7802. Internet address: http://www.brightfutures.org

  • Identification and Prevention of Youth Violence: A Protocol for Health Care Providers; Assessment and Treatment of Hospitalized Adolescent Victims of Interpersonal Violence. These materials, audiotapes, slides, a script on the process of interviewing youth on violence-related issues, and office posters on violence prevention are available from the Adolescent Wellness Program (formerly the Violence Prevention Project), Department of Health & Hospitals, 1010 Massachusetts Ave, 2nd Floor, Boston, MA 02118; (617)534-5196.

  • Diagnostic and Treatment Guidelines on Domestic Violence. American Medical Association, Department of Mental Health, 515 N State St, Chicago, IL 60610; (312)464-5066. Internet address: http://www.ama-assn.org

Selected References

American Academy of Family Physicians. Summary of Policy Recommendations for Periodic Health Examination. Kansas City, Mo: American Academy of Family Physicians; 1997.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Center To Prevent Handgun Violence. Rx for Safety: Preventing Firearms Injuries Among Children and Adolescents. Washington, DC: Center To Prevent Handgun Violence; 1992.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Adolescence. Firearms and adolescents. Pediatrics. 1992; 89: 784787. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Injury and Poison Prevention. Firearm injuries affecting the pediatric population. Pediatrics. 1992; 89: 788790. [PubMed]
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Injury Control for Children and Youth. Firearms. In: Injury Control for Children and Youth. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1987.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Psychosocial Aspects of Child and Family Health. Guidelines for Health Supervision.2nd ed. Elk Grove Village, Ill: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1988.
American Medical Association. Rationale and recommendations: intentional and unintentional injuries. In: AMA Guidelines for Adolescent Preventive Services (GAPS): Recommendations and Rationale. Chicago, Ill: American Medical Association; 1994: chap 4.
American Psychiatric Association Task Force. Clinical Aspects of the Violent Individual. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1974.
Centers for Disease Control. Weapon-carrying among high school students. MMWR. 1991; 40: .
Children's Safety Network. A Data Book of Child and Adolescent Injury. Washington, DC: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health; 1991.
Christoffel KK. Violent death and injury in US children and adolescents. Am J Dis Child. 1990; 144: 697706. [PubMed]
Cohall AT, Mayer R, Cohall K, et al. Teen violence: the reasons why. Contemporary Pediatrics. October 1991:54-77.
Cohall AT, Mayer R, Cohall K, et al. Teen violence: the new mortality. Contemporary Pediatrics. September 1991:76-86.
Gardner P, Rosenberg HM, Wilson RW. Leading Causes of Death by Age, Sex and Hispanic Origin: United States 1992. National Center for Health Statistics. Vital Health Statistics 1996; 20 (29).
Green M, ed. Bright Futures: Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents. Arlington, Va: National Center for Education in Maternal and Child Health; 1994.
Kellermann AL, Reay DT. Protection or Peril? An Analysis of Firearm-Related Deaths in the Home N Engl J Med. 1986; 31 14(24):1557-1560 View this and related citations using.
Rosenberg ML, Gelles RJ, Holinger PC, et al. Violence: homicide, assault, and suicide.In: Amber RW, Dull HB, eds. Closing the Gap: The Burden of Unnecessary Illness. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 1987.
Singh GK, Kochanek KD, MacDorman MF. Advance Report of Final Mortality Statistics, 1994. Monthly Vital Statistics Report. 1996;45(3,S) pp 23, 31, 32.
US Department of Health and Human Services, US Department of Justice. Report of the Surgeon General's Workshop on Violence and Public Health. Leesburg, Va: Health Resources and Services Administration, US Department of Health and Human Services; 1986.
US Preventive Services Task Force. Counseling to prevent youth violence.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 1996: chap 59.

Adults and Older Adults—Screening

27. Anemia and Hemoglobinopathies

Anemia in adults, defined as a hemoglobin level below the 5th percentile of the reference distribution range for age and gender, is most prevalent in young women (4.5%) and elderly men (4.8%). Anemia is also more common in individuals of low socioeconomic status and in African Americans. Common causes of anemia include iron and vitamin deficiencies (folate and vitamin B-12), occult blood loss, chronic illness, and hemoglobinopathies. Although most forms of anemia are treatable, the benefits of treating asymptomatic individuals are unclear. For this reason, most authorities either recommend against routine screening of adults for anemia or recommend screening only high-risk adults (eg, elderly men, pregnant women, adults with chronic disease).

The hemoglobinopathies are genetic disorders that affect the production and function of hemoglobin molecules. These disorders include sickle cell disease and trait, the thalassemias, and other rarer conditions. Hemoglobinopathies tend to occur in defined ethnic and racial groups, predominantly African Americans in this country. However, they are also found in individuals of Caribbean, Latin American, Asian, and Mediterranean descent. Approximately 50,000 African Americans are affected by sickle cell disease, and another 2million carry the trait. Fewer than 1000 Americans have betathalassemia major, but sizable numbers of Italian Americans, Greek Americans, and immigrants from Southeast Asia carry the genetic trait. In adult populations, screening is useful primarily for providing preconception and prenatal genetic counseling to carriers.

See chapters 1 and 8 for discussions about screening for anemia and hemoglobinopathies in children and adolescents.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

Screening for Anemia

  • American College of Physicians --

  • Routine screening for anemia is not recommended in adults without clinical indications.

  • American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists --

  • Hemoglobin levels should be measured as part of routine preventive care for women with a history of excessive menstrual flow and for women 65 years of age or older at high risk.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against routine screening of asymptomatic, nonpregnant adults, although recommendations against can be made on the grounds of low prevalence, cost, and potential adverse effects of iron therapy.

Screening for Hemoglobinopathies

  • American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists --

  • Screening should be provided to women of reproductive age who are of Caribbean, Latin American, Asian, Mediterranean, or African descent.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • A family and genetic history should be obtained from all patients of Mediterranean, African, Middle Eastern, East Indian, Hispanic, or Asian ancestry who may become parents. Screening with hemoglobin electrophoresis or thin layer isoelectric focusing is recommended for pregnant, at-risk women but not for other adults.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • There is insufficient evidence to recommend for or against screening for hemoglobinopathies by hemoglobin electrophoresis in young adults from ethnic and racial groups known to be at increased risk for sickle cell disease, thalassemias, and other hemoglobinopathies in order for them to be able to make informed reproductive choices. Recommendations to offer such testing may be made on other grounds, including burden of suffering and patient preference. If provided, testing should be accompanied by counseling, which should include a description of the significance of the disease, how it is inherited, the availability of a screening test, and the implications to the individual and their offspring of a positive result.

Basics of Screening for Anemia and Hemoglobinopathies

Anemia

  • 1

    The primary screening tests for anemia are measurements of hemoglobin (Hb) concentration and hematocrit (Hct), preferably measured from a venous blood specimen. Measuring venous samples yields more accurate and reliable results compared with analysis of a capillary sample by centrifuge or hemoglobinometer.

  • 2

    In men, anemia is defined as a hemoglobin level of less than 13 g/dL or a hematocrit of less than 41%. In nonpregnant women, the cut-off values are 12 g/dL for hemoglobin and 36% for hematocrit. Cigarette smokers and persons living at altitudes above 3000 feet (1000 meters) tend to have higher levels of hemoglobin and higher hematocrits. Adjust cut-off points for anemia in smokers and persons living at high altitudes by using the correction factors given in Tables 27.1 and 27.2.

Hemoglobinopathies

  • 1

    Hemoglobin electrophoresis is the screening test of choice for hemoglobinopathies. This test is very accurate in identifying the types of hemoglobin in a blood sample. It can distinguish among affected homozygotes, heterozygous carriers, and persons who are unaffected by sickle cell disease, beta-thalassemia, and other hemoglobin disorders. Alphathalassemia trait may not be detectable. Sickle cell disease and trait can also be detected by using a sickle preparation that demonstrates red blood cell sickling under reduced oxygen concentration. After sickling is demonstrated, however, hemoglobin electrophoresis is still necessary to distinguish between the carrier and affected state and to determine if other hemoglobins are present. Measurement of mean corpuscular volume (MCV) can also be used to screen for thalassemia, but this method is much less sensitive than is hemoglobin electrophoresis.

  • 2

    Offer appropriate genetic counseling to adults who are screened for hemoglobinopathies, both before and after laboratory testing. At a minimum, this counseling should address: (1) a description of the disease process and its pattern of inheritance; (2) the availability and accuracy of screening and prenatal detection techniques; (3) the implications of possible results for the individual, partner, and potential offspring.

Patient Resource

  • Sickle Cell Anemia (New Hope for People With). This and other publications are available from the FDA Office of Consumer Affairs, HFE 88 Room 1675, 5600 Fishers Ln, Rockville, MD 20857; (800)532-4440.

Selected References

American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Hemoglobinopathies in Pregnancy: ACOG Technical Bulletin #220. Washington, DC: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 1996.
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Guidelines for Women's Health Care. Washington, DC: American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 1996.
Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Screening for hemoglobinopathies in Canada. In: The Canadian Guide to Clinical Preventive Health Care. Ottawa, Canada: Minister of Supply and Services; 1994: chap 20.
Centers for Disease Control. Reference criteria for anemia screening. MMWR. 1989; 38: 400404. [PubMed]
Dallman P, Ray Y, Johnson C. Prevalence and causes of anemia in the United States, 1976 to 1980. Am J Clin Nutr. 1984; 39: 437445. [PubMed]
Lipkin M, Fisher L, Rowley PT, Loader S, Iker HP. Genetic counseling of asymptomatic carriers in a primary care setting. Ann Intern Med. 1986; 105: 115123. [PubMed]
Shapiro MF, Greenfield S. The complete blood count and leukocyte differential count: an approach to their rational application. Ann Intern Med. 1987; 106: 6574. [PubMed]
US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for hemoglobinopathies.In: Guide to Clinical Preventive Services. 2nd ed. Baltimore, Md: Williams & Wilkins; 1996: chap 22.

28. Blood Pressure

Approximately 50 million Americans have blood pressure elevations that warrant monitoring or drug therapy. These persons are at increased risk for coronary artery disease, peripheral vascular disease, stroke, renal disease, and retinopathy. Treatment of hypertension is very effective. Use of antihypertensive therapy has contributed to a 59% reduction in age-adjusted stroke mortality and a 50% reduction in mortality from coronary artery disease since 1972. The benefits of antihypertensive therapy are greatest for persons with the most markedly elevated blood pressure; however, even patients with stage 1, or mild hypertension, benefit from treatment. Recent research has demonstrated the importance of treating "isolated" systolic hypertension, especially in older adults.

Recommendations of Major Authorities

  • American Academy of Family Physicians --

  • Blood pressure should be measured periodically in all patients over 21 years of age.

  • American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology --

  • Blood pressure should be measured as part of periodic evaluation visits, which should occur yearly or as appropriate.

  • American College of Physicians --

  • Blood pressure should be measured in adults every 1 to 2 years. Normotensive patients should have blood pressure measurements at least yearly if any of the following pertains: (1) diastolic blood pressure between 85 and 89 mm Hg; (2) African-American heritage; (3) moderate or extreme obesity; (4) a first-degree relative with hypertension; (5) a personal history of hypertension.

  • Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination --

  • Case-finding (screening patients seen for any reason) should be considered in all persons aged 21 to 84 years; individual clinical judgement should be exercised in all other cases except pregnant women (for whom blood pressure should be measured as part of prenatal care).

Table 28.1. Classification of Blood Pressure for Adults Aged 18 Years and Older *
CategorySystolic (mm Hg)Diastolic (mm Hg)
Normal ** <130<85
High normal130-13985-89
Hypertension ***
Stage 1 (Mild)140-15990-99
Stage 2 (Moderate)160-179100-109
Stage 3 (Severe)180-209110-119
Stage 4 (Very Severe)>210>120

* Not taking antihypertensive drugs and not acutely ill. When systolic and diastolic pressures fall into different categories, the higher category should be selected to classify the individual's blood pressure status. For instance, 160/92 mm Hg should be classified as Stage 2, and 180/120 mm Hg should be classified as Stage 4. Isolated systolic hypertension (ISH) is defined as SBP > 140 mm Hg and DBP <90 mm Hg and staged appropriately (eg, 170/85 mm Hg is defined as stage 2 ISH).

** Optimal blood pressure with respect to cardiovascular risk is SBP <120 mm Hg and DBP <80 mm Hg. However, unusually low readings should be evaluated for clinical significance.

*** Based on the average of two or more readings taken at each of two or more visits following an initial screening.

Note: In addition to classifying stages of hypertension based on average blood pressure levels, the clinician should specify presence or absence of target-organ disease and additional risk factors. For example, a patient with diabetes and a blood pressure of 142/94 mm Hg plus left ventricular hypertrophy should be classified as "stage 1 hypertension with target-organ disease (left ventricular hypertrophy) and with another major risk factor (diabetes)." This specificity is important for risk classification and management.

From: Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. The Fifth Report of the Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. National High Blood Pressure Education Program, National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Bethesda, Md: The Institute; 1995.

Table 28.2. Recommendations for Follow-Up Based on Initial Set of Blood Pressure Measurements for Adults Aged 18 and Over
Initial Screening Blood Pressure (mm Hg)* Follow-up Recommended **
SystolicDiastolic
<130<85Recheck in 2 years
130-13985-89Recheck in 1 year ***
140-15990-99Confirm within 2 months
160-179100-109Evaluate or refer to source of care within 1 month
180-209110-119Evaluate or refer to source of care within 1 week
> 210> 120Evaluate or refer to source of care immediately

* If the systolic and diastolic recommendations are different, follow the recommendation for the shorter-time follow-up (eg, blood pressure of 160/85 mm Hg should be evaluated or referred to source of care within 1 month).

** Modify the scheduling of follow-ups according to reliable information about past blood pressure measurements, other cardiovascular risk factors, or the presence of target-organ disease.

*** Consider providing advice about lifestyle modifications.

From: Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. The Fifth Report of the Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. Arch Intern Med. 1993;153:154-188.

  • National High Blood Pressure Education Program (NHBPEP) of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute --

  • Blood pressure measurements should be performed on adults at least every 2 years and at each patient visit if possible. Patients with diastolic blood pressures of 85 to 89 mm Hg should have their blood pressure rechecked within 1 year. See Tables 28.1 and 28.2 for classification of blood pressure and recommendations for follow-up.

  • US Preventive Services Task Force --

  • Adults should have blood pressure measured periodically, with the optimal interval left to clinical discretion.

Basics of Blood Pressure Screening

Table 28.3. Life-style Modifications for Hypertension Control
Lose weight if overweight
Limit alcohol intake to no more than two drinks daily for men and one drink daily for women
Exercise (aerobic) regularly (3-5 times a week)
Reduce sodium intake to less than 100 mmol per day (<2.3 g sodium or <6 g sodium chloride; 1 tsp salt = 2 g sodium)
Maintain adequate dietary potassium, calcium, and magnesium intake

Adapted from: Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. The Fifth Report of the Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. Arch Intern Med. 1993;153:154-188.

  • 1

    Instruct patients not to use tobacco or caffeine for 30 minutes before the measurement is performed.

  • 2

    Seat the patient in a quiet environment, free from temperature extremes, for at least 5 minutes before the measurement is performed.

  • 3

    Perform the measurement with a mercury sphygmomanometer, if available. An aneroid manometer may be used if it is periodically calibrated according to manufacturer's recommendations. A validated electronic device meeting the requirements of the American National Standard for Electronic or Automated Sphygmomanometers set forth by the Association for the Advancement of Medical Instruments may also be used.

  • 4

    Position the manometer at eye level, if possible, to assure accuracy in reading the measurement.

  • 5

    Use an appropriately sized cuff. The bladder of the cuff should encircle 80% to 100% of the arm. The cuff width should be 40% of the circumference of the upper arm. Use of narrow cuffs leads to falsely elevated readings. Use of wide cuffs may falsely lower the reading.

  • 6

    The patient's arm should be bare; avoid constricting the upper arm with a rolled shirt sleeve. Support the arm horizontally so the cuff is positioned at heart level (the fourth intercostal space).

  • 7

    Apply the stethoscope lightly to the antecubital fossa. Excess pressure results in falsely low diastolic blood pressure readings.

  • 8